MyDugsiStart learning

Surah Al-An'am in English: word by word, transliteration

Surah 6 · الأنعام · The Cattle · 165 verses · 3050 words

Read Surah Al-An'am verse by verse: the Arabic, a recitation you can repeat, the transliteration and English translation of each verse, then the meaning of every word.

Memorize Surah Al-An'am

  1. Listen to the whole surah two or three times with the play buttons below.
  2. Learn one verse at a time: read it word by word, play it on repeat, then say it without looking.
  3. Join each new verse to the ones before it, and review the whole surah the next day.

How long it takes: 1 verse a day: 165 days, 2 verses a day: 83 days, 3 verses a day: 55 days, 5 verses a day: 33 days. Work out a longer plan.

Jump to: verse 1 · verse 83 · verse 165

Learn it in MyDugsi Practise · Test yourself

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ وَجَعَلَ ٱلظُّلُمَـٰتِ وَٱلنُّورَ ۖ ثُمَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بِرَبِّهِمْ يَعْدِلُونَ

Transliteration al-ḥamdu lillahi alladhī khalaqa l-samāwāti wal-arḍa wajaʿala l-ẓulumāti wal-nūra thumma alladhīna kafarū birabbihim yaʿdilūna

English [All] praise is [due] to Allāh, who created the heavens and the earth and made the darkness and the light. Then those who disbelieve equate [others] with their Lord.

  1. ٱلْحَمْدُal-ḥamdu(All) the praises and thanks
  2. لِلَّهِlillahi(be) to Allah
  3. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  4. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  5. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  6. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  7. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaand made
  8. ٱلظُّلُمَـٰتِl-ẓulumātithe darkness[es]
  9. وَٱلنُّورَ ۖwal-nūraand the light
  10. ثُمَّthummaThen
  11. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  12. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  13. بِرَبِّهِمْbirabbihimin their Lord
  14. يَعْدِلُونَyaʿdilūnaequate others with Him

Verse 2

هُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَكُم مِّن طِينٍ ثُمَّ قَضَىٰٓ أَجَلًا ۖ وَأَجَلٌ مُّسَمًّى عِندَهُۥ ۖ ثُمَّ أَنتُمْ تَمْتَرُونَ

Transliteration huwa alladhī khalaqakum min ṭīnin thumma qaḍā ajalan wa-ajalun musamman ʿindahu thumma antum tamtarūna

English It is He who created you from clay and then decreed a term and a specified time [known] to Him; then [still] you are in dispute.

  1. هُوَhuwaHe
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. خَلَقَكُمkhalaqakumcreated you
  4. مِّنminfrom
  5. طِينٍۢṭīninclay
  6. ثُمَّthummathen
  7. قَضَىٰٓqaḍāHe decreed
  8. أَجَلًۭا ۖajalana term
  9. وَأَجَلٌۭwa-ajalunand a term
  10. مُّسَمًّىmusammanspecified
  11. عِندَهُۥ ۖʿindahuwith Him
  12. ثُمَّthummayet
  13. أَنتُمْantumyou
  14. تَمْتَرُونَtamtarūnadoubt

Verse 3

وَهُوَ ٱللَّهُ فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَفِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ يَعْلَمُ سِرَّكُمْ وَجَهْرَكُمْ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا تَكْسِبُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa l-lahu fī l-samāwāti wafī l-arḍi yaʿlamu sirrakum wajahrakum wayaʿlamu mā taksibūna

English And He is Allāh, [the only deity] in the heavens and the earth. He knows your secret and what you make public, and He knows that which you earn.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  5. وَفِىwafīand in
  6. ٱلْأَرْضِ ۖl-arḍithe earth
  7. يَعْلَمُyaʿlamuHe knows
  8. سِرَّكُمْsirrakumyour secret
  9. وَجَهْرَكُمْwajahrakumand what you make public
  10. وَيَعْلَمُwayaʿlamuand He knows
  11. مَاmāwhat
  12. تَكْسِبُونَtaksibūnayou earn

Verse 4

وَمَا تَأْتِيهِم مِّنْ ءَايَةٍ مِّنْ ءَايَـٰتِ رَبِّهِمْ إِلَّا كَانُوا۟ عَنْهَا مُعْرِضِينَ

Transliteration wamā tatīhim min āyatin min āyāti rabbihim illā kānū ʿanhā muʿ'riḍīna

English And no sign comes to them from the signs of their Lord except that they turn away therefrom.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. تَأْتِيهِمtatīhimcomes to them
  3. مِّنْmin[of]
  4. ءَايَةٍۢāyatinany sign
  5. مِّنْminfrom
  6. ءَايَـٰتِāyāti(the) Signs
  7. رَبِّهِمْrabbihim(of) their Lord
  8. إِلَّاillābut
  9. كَانُوا۟kānūthey are
  10. عَنْهَاʿanhāfrom it
  11. مُعْرِضِينَmuʿ'riḍīnaturning away

Verse 5

فَقَدْ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِٱلْحَقِّ لَمَّا جَآءَهُمْ ۖ فَسَوْفَ يَأْتِيهِمْ أَنۢبَـٰٓؤُا۟ مَا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ

Transliteration faqad kadhabū bil-ḥaqi lammā jāahum fasawfa yatīhim anbāu mā kānū bihi yastahziūna

English For they had denied the truth when it came to them, but there is going to reach them the news of what they used to ridicule.

  1. فَقَدْfaqadThen indeed
  2. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūthey denied
  3. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqithe truth
  4. لَمَّاlammāwhen
  5. جَآءَهُمْ ۖjāahumit came to them
  6. فَسَوْفَfasawfabut soon
  7. يَأْتِيهِمْyatīhimwill come to them
  8. أَنۢبَـٰٓؤُا۟anbāunews
  9. مَاmā(of) what
  10. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  11. بِهِۦbihi[at it]
  12. يَسْتَهْزِءُونَyastahziūnamock

Verse 6

أَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ كَمْ أَهْلَكْنَا مِن قَبْلِهِم مِّن قَرْنٍ مَّكَّنَّـٰهُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مَا لَمْ نُمَكِّن لَّكُمْ وَأَرْسَلْنَا ٱلسَّمَآءَ عَلَيْهِم مِّدْرَارًا وَجَعَلْنَا ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرَ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهِمْ فَأَهْلَكْنَـٰهُم بِذُنُوبِهِمْ وَأَنشَأْنَا مِنۢ بَعْدِهِمْ قَرْنًا ءَاخَرِينَ

Transliteration alam yaraw kam ahlaknā min qablihim min qarnin makkannāhum fī l-arḍi mā lam numakkin lakum wa-arsalnā l-samāa ʿalayhim mid'rāran wajaʿalnā l-anhāra tajrī min taḥtihim fa-ahlaknāhum bidhunūbihim wa-anshanā min baʿdihim qarnan ākharīna

English Have they not seen how many generations We destroyed before them which We had established upon the earth as We have not established you? And We sent [rain from] the sky upon them in showers and made rivers flow beneath them; then We destroyed them for their sins and brought forth after them a generation of others.

  1. أَلَمْalamDid not
  2. يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
  3. كَمْkamhow many
  4. أَهْلَكْنَاahlaknāWe destroyed
  5. مِنminfrom
  6. قَبْلِهِمqablihimbefore them
  7. مِّنminof
  8. قَرْنٍۢqarningenerations
  9. مَّكَّنَّـٰهُمْmakkannāhumWe had established them
  10. فِىfīin
  11. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  12. مَاmāwhat
  13. لَمْlamnot
  14. نُمَكِّنnumakkinWe (have) established
  15. لَّكُمْlakumfor you
  16. وَأَرْسَلْنَاwa-arsalnāAnd We sent
  17. ٱلسَّمَآءَl-samāa(rain from) the sky
  18. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimupon them
  19. مِّدْرَارًۭاmid'rāranshowering abundantly
  20. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāand We made
  21. ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرَl-anhārathe rivers
  22. تَجْرِىtajrīflow
  23. مِنminfrom
  24. تَحْتِهِمْtaḥtihimunderneath them
  25. فَأَهْلَكْنَـٰهُمfa-ahlaknāhumThen We destroyed them
  26. بِذُنُوبِهِمْbidhunūbihimfor their sins
  27. وَأَنشَأْنَاwa-anshanāand We raised
  28. مِنۢminfrom
  29. بَعْدِهِمْbaʿdihimafter them
  30. قَرْنًاqarnangenerations
  31. ءَاخَرِينَākharīnaother

Verse 7

وَلَوْ نَزَّلْنَا عَلَيْكَ كِتَـٰبًا فِى قِرْطَاسٍ فَلَمَسُوهُ بِأَيْدِيهِمْ لَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ إِنْ هَـٰذَآ إِلَّا سِحْرٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration walaw nazzalnā ʿalayka kitāban fī qir'ṭāsin falamasūhu bi-aydīhim laqāla alladhīna kafarū in hādhā illā siḥ'run mubīnun

English And even if We had sent down to you, [O Muḥammad], a written scripture on a page and they touched it with their hands, the disbelievers would say, "This is not but obvious magic."

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd (even) if
  2. نَزَّلْنَاnazzalnāWe (had) sent down
  3. عَلَيْكَʿalaykato you
  4. كِتَـٰبًۭاkitābana written Scripture
  5. فِىfīin
  6. قِرْطَاسٍۢqir'ṭāsina parchment
  7. فَلَمَسُوهُfalamasūhuand they touched it
  8. بِأَيْدِيهِمْbi-aydīhimwith their hands
  9. لَقَالَlaqālasurely (would) have said
  10. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  11. كَفَرُوٓا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  12. إِنْinNot
  13. هَـٰذَآhādhā(is) this
  14. إِلَّاillābut
  15. سِحْرٌۭsiḥ'runmagic
  16. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunclear

Verse 8

وَقَالُوا۟ لَوْلَآ أُنزِلَ عَلَيْهِ مَلَكٌ ۖ وَلَوْ أَنزَلْنَا مَلَكًا لَّقُضِىَ ٱلْأَمْرُ ثُمَّ لَا يُنظَرُونَ

Transliteration waqālū lawlā unzila ʿalayhi malakun walaw anzalnā malakan laquḍiya l-amru thumma lā yunẓarūna

English And they say, "Why was there not sent down to him an angel?" But if We had sent down an angel, the matter would have been decided; then they would not be reprieved.

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they said
  2. لَوْلَآlawlāWhy has not been
  3. أُنزِلَunzilasent down
  4. عَلَيْهِʿalayhito him
  5. مَلَكٌۭ ۖmalakunan Angel
  6. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  7. أَنزَلْنَاanzalnāWe (had) sent down
  8. مَلَكًۭاmalakanan Angel
  9. لَّقُضِىَlaquḍiyasurely (would) have been decided
  10. ٱلْأَمْرُl-amruthe matter
  11. ثُمَّthummathen
  12. لَاlāno
  13. يُنظَرُونَyunẓarūnarespite would have been granted to them

Verse 9

وَلَوْ جَعَلْنَـٰهُ مَلَكًا لَّجَعَلْنَـٰهُ رَجُلًا وَلَلَبَسْنَا عَلَيْهِم مَّا يَلْبِسُونَ

Transliteration walaw jaʿalnāhu malakan lajaʿalnāhu rajulan walalabasnā ʿalayhim mā yalbisūna

English And if We had made him [i.e., the messenger] an angel, We would have made him [appear as] a man, and We would have covered them with that in which they cover themselves [i.e., confusion and doubt].

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. جَعَلْنَـٰهُjaʿalnāhuWe had made him
  3. مَلَكًۭاmalakanan Angel
  4. لَّجَعَلْنَـٰهُlajaʿalnāhucertainly We (would) have made him
  5. رَجُلًۭاrajulana man
  6. وَلَلَبَسْنَاwalalabasnāand certainly We (would) have obscured
  7. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimto them
  8. مَّاmāwhat
  9. يَلْبِسُونَyalbisūnathey are obscuring

Verse 10

وَلَقَدِ ٱسْتُهْزِئَ بِرُسُلٍ مِّن قَبْلِكَ فَحَاقَ بِٱلَّذِينَ سَخِرُوا۟ مِنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ

Transliteration walaqadi us'tuh'zi-a birusulin min qablika faḥāqa bi-alladhīna sakhirū min'hum mā kānū bihi yastahziūna

English And already were messengers ridiculed before you, but those who mocked them were enveloped by that which they used to ridicule.

  1. وَلَقَدِwalaqadiAnd indeed
  2. ٱسْتُهْزِئَus'tuh'zi-awere mocked
  3. بِرُسُلٍۢbirusulinMessengers
  4. مِّنminfrom
  5. قَبْلِكَqablikabefore you
  6. فَحَاقَfaḥāqabut surrounded
  7. بِٱلَّذِينَbi-alladhīnathose who
  8. سَخِرُوا۟sakhirūscoffed
  9. مِنْهُمmin'humof them
  10. مَّاmāwhat
  11. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  12. بِهِۦbihi[at it]
  13. يَسْتَهْزِءُونَyastahziūnamock

Verse 11

قُلْ سِيرُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ثُمَّ ٱنظُرُوا۟ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَـٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Transliteration qul sīrū fī l-arḍi thumma unẓurū kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu l-mukadhibīna

English Say, "Travel through the land; then observe how was the end of the deniers."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. سِيرُوا۟sīrūTravel
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  5. ثُمَّthummaand
  6. ٱنظُرُوا۟unẓurūsee
  7. كَيْفَkayfahow
  8. كَانَkānawas
  9. عَـٰقِبَةُʿāqibatu(the) end
  10. ٱلْمُكَذِّبِينَl-mukadhibīna(of) the rejecters

Verse 12

قُل لِّمَن مَّا فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ قُل لِّلَّهِ ۚ كَتَبَ عَلَىٰ نَفْسِهِ ٱلرَّحْمَةَ ۚ لَيَجْمَعَنَّكُمْ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ لَا رَيْبَ فِيهِ ۚ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ فَهُمْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration qul liman mā fī l-samāwāti wal-arḍi qul lillahi kataba ʿalā nafsihi l-raḥmata layajmaʿannakum ilā yawmi l-qiyāmati lā rayba fīhi alladhīna khasirū anfusahum fahum lā yu'minūna

English Say, "To whom belongs whatever is in the heavens and earth?" Say, "To Allāh." He has decreed upon Himself mercy. He will surely assemble you for the Day of Resurrection, about which there is no doubt. Those who will lose themselves [that Day] do not believe.

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لِّمَنlimanTo whom (belongs)
  3. مَّاmāwhat
  4. فِىfī(is) in
  5. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  6. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖwal-arḍiand the earth
  7. قُلqulSay
  8. لِّلَّهِ ۚlillahiTo Allah
  9. كَتَبَkatabaHe has decreed
  10. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  11. نَفْسِهِnafsihiHimself
  12. ٱلرَّحْمَةَ ۚl-raḥmatathe Mercy
  13. لَيَجْمَعَنَّكُمْlayajmaʿannakumSurely He will assemble you
  14. إِلَىٰilāon
  15. يَوْمِyawmi(the) Day
  16. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  17. لَاlā(there is) no
  18. رَيْبَraybadoubt
  19. فِيهِ ۚfīhiabout it
  20. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  21. خَسِرُوٓا۟khasirūhave lost
  22. أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumthemselves
  23. فَهُمْfahumthen they
  24. لَاlā(do) not
  25. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve

Verse 13

۞ وَلَهُۥ مَا سَكَنَ فِى ٱلَّيْلِ وَٱلنَّهَارِ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ

Transliteration walahu mā sakana fī al-layli wal-nahāri wahuwa l-samīʿu l-ʿalīmu

English And to Him belongs that which reposes by night and by day, and He is the Hearing, the Knowing.

  1. ۞ وَلَهُۥwalahuAnd for Him
  2. مَاmā(is) whatever
  3. سَكَنَsakanadwells
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلَّيْلِal-laylithe night
  6. وَٱلنَّهَارِ ۚwal-nahāriand the day
  7. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  8. ٱلسَّمِيعُl-samīʿu(is) All-Hearing
  9. ٱلْعَلِيمُl-ʿalīmuAll-Knowing

Verse 14

قُلْ أَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ أَتَّخِذُ وَلِيًّا فَاطِرِ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَهُوَ يُطْعِمُ وَلَا يُطْعَمُ ۗ قُلْ إِنِّىٓ أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَكُونَ أَوَّلَ مَنْ أَسْلَمَ ۖ وَلَا تَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ

Transliteration qul aghayra l-lahi attakhidhu waliyyan fāṭiri l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wahuwa yuṭ'ʿimu walā yuṭ'ʿamu qul innī umir'tu an akūna awwala man aslama walā takūnanna mina l-mush'rikīna

English Say, "Is it other than Allāh I should take as a protector, Creator of the heavens and earth, while it is He who feeds and is not fed?" Say, [O Muḥammad], "Indeed, I have been commanded to be the first [among you] who submit [to Allāh] and [was commanded], 'Do not ever be of the polytheists."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَغَيْرَaghayraIs it other than
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  4. أَتَّخِذُattakhidhuI (should) take
  5. وَلِيًّۭاwaliyyan(as) a protector
  6. فَاطِرِfāṭiriCreator
  7. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  8. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  9. وَهُوَwahuwawhile (it is) He
  10. يُطْعِمُyuṭ'ʿimuWho feeds
  11. وَلَاwalāand not
  12. يُطْعَمُ ۗyuṭ'ʿamuHe is fed
  13. قُلْqulSay
  14. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed I
  15. أُمِرْتُumir'tu[I] am commanded
  16. أَنْanthat
  17. أَكُونَakūnaI be
  18. أَوَّلَawwala(the) first
  19. مَنْmanwho
  20. أَسْلَمَ ۖaslamasubmits (to Allah)
  21. وَلَاwalāand not
  22. تَكُونَنَّtakūnannabe
  23. مِنَminaof
  24. ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَl-mush'rikīnathe polytheists

Verse 15

قُلْ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ إِنْ عَصَيْتُ رَبِّى عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍ

Transliteration qul innī akhāfu in ʿaṣaytu rabbī ʿadhāba yawmin ʿaẓīmin

English Say, "Indeed I fear, if I should disobey my Lord, the punishment of a tremendous Day."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  3. أَخَافُakhāfu[I] fear
  4. إِنْinif
  5. عَصَيْتُʿaṣaytuI disobeyed
  6. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  7. عَذَابَʿadhābapunishment
  8. يَوْمٍyawmin(of) a Day
  9. عَظِيمٍۢʿaẓīminMighty

Verse 16

مَّن يُصْرَفْ عَنْهُ يَوْمَئِذٍ فَقَدْ رَحِمَهُۥ ۚ وَذَٰلِكَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْمُبِينُ

Transliteration man yuṣ'raf ʿanhu yawma-idhin faqad raḥimahu wadhālika l-fawzu l-mubīnu

English He from whom it is averted that Day - [Allāh] has granted him mercy. And that is the clear attainment.

  1. مَّنmanWhoever
  2. يُصْرَفْyuṣ'rafis averted
  3. عَنْهُʿanhufrom it
  4. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  5. فَقَدْfaqadthen surely
  6. رَحِمَهُۥ ۚraḥimahuHe had Mercy on him
  7. وَذَٰلِكَwadhālikaAnd that
  8. ٱلْفَوْزُl-fawzu(is) the success
  9. ٱلْمُبِينُl-mubīnu(the) clear

Verse 17

وَإِن يَمْسَسْكَ ٱللَّهُ بِضُرٍّ فَلَا كَاشِفَ لَهُۥٓ إِلَّا هُوَ ۖ وَإِن يَمْسَسْكَ بِخَيْرٍ فَهُوَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Transliteration wa-in yamsaska l-lahu biḍurrin falā kāshifa lahu illā huwa wa-in yamsaska bikhayrin fahuwa ʿalā kulli shayin qadīrun

English And if Allāh should touch you with adversity, there is no remover of it except Him. And if He touches you with good - then He is over all things competent.

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  2. يَمْسَسْكَyamsaskatouches you
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  4. بِضُرٍّۢbiḍurrinwith affliction
  5. فَلَاfalāthen no
  6. كَاشِفَkāshifaremover
  7. لَهُۥٓlahuof it
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. هُوَ ۖhuwaHim
  10. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  11. يَمْسَسْكَyamsaskaHe touches you
  12. بِخَيْرٍۢbikhayrinwith good
  13. فَهُوَfahuwathen He
  14. عَلَىٰʿalā(is) on
  15. كُلِّkullievery
  16. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  17. قَدِيرٌۭqadīrunAll-Powerful

Verse 18

وَهُوَ ٱلْقَاهِرُ فَوْقَ عِبَادِهِۦ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلْحَكِيمُ ٱلْخَبِيرُ

Transliteration wahuwa l-qāhiru fawqa ʿibādihi wahuwa l-ḥakīmu l-khabīru

English And He is the subjugator over His servants. And He is the Wise, the Aware.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلْقَاهِرُl-qāhiru(is) the Subjugator
  3. فَوْقَfawqaover
  4. عِبَادِهِۦ ۚʿibādihiHis slaves
  5. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  6. ٱلْحَكِيمُl-ḥakīmu(is) the All-Wise
  7. ٱلْخَبِيرُl-khabīruthe All-Aware

Verse 19

قُلْ أَىُّ شَىْءٍ أَكْبَرُ شَهَـٰدَةً ۖ قُلِ ٱللَّهُ ۖ شَهِيدٌۢ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَكُمْ ۚ وَأُوحِىَ إِلَىَّ هَـٰذَا ٱلْقُرْءَانُ لِأُنذِرَكُم بِهِۦ وَمَنۢ بَلَغَ ۚ أَئِنَّكُمْ لَتَشْهَدُونَ أَنَّ مَعَ ٱللَّهِ ءَالِهَةً أُخْرَىٰ ۚ قُل لَّآ أَشْهَدُ ۚ قُلْ إِنَّمَا هُوَ إِلَـٰهٌ وَٰحِدٌ وَإِنَّنِى بَرِىٓءٌ مِّمَّا تُشْرِكُونَ

Transliteration qul ayyu shayin akbaru shahādatan quli l-lahu shahīdun baynī wabaynakum waūḥiya ilayya hādhā l-qur'ānu li-undhirakum bihi waman balagha a-innakum latashhadūna anna maʿa l-lahi ālihatan ukh'rā qul lā ashhadu qul innamā huwa ilāhun wāḥidun wa-innanī barīon mimmā tush'rikūna

English Say, "What thing is greatest in testimony?" Say, "Allāh is witness between me and you. And this Qur’ān was revealed to me that I may warn you thereby and whomever it reaches. Do you [truly] testify that with Allāh there are other deities?" Say, "I will not testify [with you]." Say, "Indeed, He is but one God, and indeed, I am free of what you associate [with Him]."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَىُّayyuWhat
  3. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  4. أَكْبَرُakbaru(is) greatest
  5. شَهَـٰدَةًۭ ۖshahādatan(as) a testimony
  6. قُلِquliSay
  7. ٱللَّهُ ۖl-lahuAllah
  8. شَهِيدٌۢshahīdun(is) Witness
  9. بَيْنِىbaynībetween me
  10. وَبَيْنَكُمْ ۚwabaynakumand between you
  11. وَأُوحِىَwaūḥiyaand has been revealed
  12. إِلَىَّilayyato me
  13. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  14. ٱلْقُرْءَانُl-qur'ānu[the] Quran
  15. لِأُنذِرَكُمli-undhirakumthat I may warn you
  16. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  17. وَمَنۢwamanand whoever
  18. بَلَغَ ۚbalaghait reaches
  19. أَئِنَّكُمْa-innakumDo you truly
  20. لَتَشْهَدُونَlatashhadūnatestify
  21. أَنَّannathat
  22. مَعَmaʿawith
  23. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  24. ءَالِهَةًālihatan(there are) gods
  25. أُخْرَىٰ ۚukh'rāother
  26. قُلqulSay
  27. لَّآlāNot
  28. أَشْهَدُ ۚashhadu(do) I testify
  29. قُلْqulSay
  30. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  31. هُوَhuwaHe
  32. إِلَـٰهٌۭilāhun(is) God
  33. وَٰحِدٌۭwāḥidunOne
  34. وَإِنَّنِىwa-innanīand indeed, I am
  35. بَرِىٓءٌۭbarīonfree
  36. مِّمَّاmimmāof what
  37. تُشْرِكُونَtush'rikūnayou associate (with Him)

Verse 20

ٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمُ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ يَعْرِفُونَهُۥ كَمَا يَعْرِفُونَ أَبْنَآءَهُمُ ۘ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ فَهُمْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration alladhīna ātaynāhumu l-kitāba yaʿrifūnahu kamā yaʿrifūna abnāahumu alladhīna khasirū anfusahum fahum lā yu'minūna

English Those to whom We have given the Scripture recognize it as they recognize their [own] sons. Those who will lose themselves [in the Hereafter] do not believe.

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose (to) whom
  2. ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمُātaynāhumuWe have given them
  3. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  4. يَعْرِفُونَهُۥyaʿrifūnahuthey recognize him
  5. كَمَاkamāas
  6. يَعْرِفُونَyaʿrifūnathey recognize
  7. أَبْنَآءَهُمُ ۘabnāahumutheir sons
  8. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  9. خَسِرُوٓا۟khasirūlost
  10. أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumthemselves
  11. فَهُمْfahumthen they
  12. لَاlā(do) not
  13. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve

Verse 21

وَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا أَوْ كَذَّبَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِهِۦٓ ۗ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُفْلِحُ ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَ

Transliteration waman aẓlamu mimmani if'tarā ʿalā l-lahi kadhiban aw kadhaba biāyātihi innahu lā yuf'liḥu l-ẓālimūna

English And who is more unjust than one who invents about Allāh a lie or denies His verses? Indeed, the wrongdoers will not succeed.

  1. وَمَنْwamanAnd who
  2. أَظْلَمُaẓlamu(is) more unjust
  3. مِمَّنِmimmanithan (he) who
  4. ٱفْتَرَىٰif'tarāinvents
  5. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  7. كَذِبًاkadhibana lie
  8. أَوْawor
  9. كَذَّبَkadhabarejects
  10. بِـَٔايَـٰتِهِۦٓ ۗbiāyātihiHis Signs
  11. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed
  12. لَاlānot
  13. يُفْلِحُyuf'liḥuwill be successful
  14. ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَl-ẓālimūnathe wrongdoers

Verse 22

وَيَوْمَ نَحْشُرُهُمْ جَمِيعًا ثُمَّ نَقُولُ لِلَّذِينَ أَشْرَكُوٓا۟ أَيْنَ شُرَكَآؤُكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ كُنتُمْ تَزْعُمُونَ

Transliteration wayawma naḥshuruhum jamīʿan thumma naqūlu lilladhīna ashrakū ayna shurakāukumu alladhīna kuntum tazʿumūna

English And [mention, O Muḥammad], the Day We will gather them all together; then We will say to those who associated others with Allāh, "Where are your 'partners' that you used to claim [with Him]?"

  1. وَيَوْمَwayawmaAnd (the) Day
  2. نَحْشُرُهُمْnaḥshuruhumWe will gather them
  3. جَمِيعًۭاjamīʿanall
  4. ثُمَّthummathen
  5. نَقُولُnaqūluWe will say
  6. لِلَّذِينَlilladhīnato those who
  7. أَشْرَكُوٓا۟ashrakūassociated others with Allah
  8. أَيْنَaynaWhere (are)
  9. شُرَكَآؤُكُمُshurakāukumuyour partners
  10. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose whom
  11. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  12. تَزْعُمُونَtazʿumūnaclaim

Verse 23

ثُمَّ لَمْ تَكُن فِتْنَتُهُمْ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوا۟ وَٱللَّهِ رَبِّنَا مَا كُنَّا مُشْرِكِينَ

Transliteration thumma lam takun fit'natuhum illā an qālū wal-lahi rabbinā mā kunnā mush'rikīna

English Then there will be no [excuse upon] examination except they will say, "By Allāh, our Lord, we were not those who associated."

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. لَمْlamnot
  3. تَكُنtakunwill be
  4. فِتْنَتُهُمْfit'natuhum(for) them a plea
  5. إِلَّآillāexcept
  6. أَنanthat
  7. قَالُوا۟qālūthey say
  8. وَٱللَّهِwal-lahiBy Allah
  9. رَبِّنَاrabbināour Lord
  10. مَاmānot
  11. كُنَّاkunnāwe were
  12. مُشْرِكِينَmush'rikīnathose who associated others (with Allah)

Verse 24

ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَذَبُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ ۚ وَضَلَّ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ

Transliteration unẓur kayfa kadhabū ʿalā anfusihim waḍalla ʿanhum mā kānū yaftarūna

English See how they will lie about themselves. And lost from them will be what they used to invent.

  1. ٱنظُرْunẓurLook
  2. كَيْفَkayfahow
  3. كَذَبُوا۟kadhabūthey lied
  4. عَلَىٰٓʿalāagainst
  5. أَنفُسِهِمْ ۚanfusihimthemselves
  6. وَضَلَّwaḍallaAnd lost
  7. عَنْهُمʿanhumfrom them
  8. مَّاmāwhat
  9. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  10. يَفْتَرُونَyaftarūnainvent

Verse 25

وَمِنْهُم مَّن يَسْتَمِعُ إِلَيْكَ ۖ وَجَعَلْنَا عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِهِمْ أَكِنَّةً أَن يَفْقَهُوهُ وَفِىٓ ءَاذَانِهِمْ وَقْرًا ۚ وَإِن يَرَوْا۟ كُلَّ ءَايَةٍ لَّا يُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِهَا ۚ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءُوكَ يُجَـٰدِلُونَكَ يَقُولُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ إِنْ هَـٰذَآ إِلَّآ أَسَـٰطِيرُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration wamin'hum man yastamiʿu ilayka wajaʿalnā ʿalā qulūbihim akinnatan an yafqahūhu wafī ādhānihim waqran wa-in yaraw kulla āyatin lā yu'minū bihā ḥattā idhā jāūka yujādilūnaka yaqūlu alladhīna kafarū in hādhā illā asāṭīru l-awalīna

English And among them are those who listen to you, but We have placed over their hearts coverings, lest they understand it, and in their ears deafness. And if they should see every sign, they will not believe in it. Even when they come to you arguing with you, those who disbelieve say, "This is not but legends of the former peoples."

  1. وَمِنْهُمwamin'humAnd among them
  2. مَّنman(are those) who
  3. يَسْتَمِعُyastamiʿulisten
  4. إِلَيْكَ ۖilaykato you
  5. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnābut We have placed
  6. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  7. قُلُوبِهِمْqulūbihimtheir hearts
  8. أَكِنَّةًakinnatancoverings
  9. أَنanlest
  10. يَفْقَهُوهُyafqahūhuthey understand it
  11. وَفِىٓwafīand in
  12. ءَاذَانِهِمْādhānihimtheir ears
  13. وَقْرًۭا ۚwaqrandeafness
  14. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  15. يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
  16. كُلَّkullaevery
  17. ءَايَةٍۢāyatinsign
  18. لَّاlānot
  19. يُؤْمِنُوا۟yu'minūwill they believe
  20. بِهَا ۚbihāin it
  21. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāUntil
  22. إِذَاidhāwhen
  23. جَآءُوكَjāūkathey come to you
  24. يُجَـٰدِلُونَكَyujādilūnakaand argue with you
  25. يَقُولُyaqūlusay
  26. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  27. كَفَرُوٓا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  28. إِنْinNot
  29. هَـٰذَآhādhā(is) this
  30. إِلَّآillābut
  31. أَسَـٰطِيرُasāṭīru(the) tales
  32. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīna(of) the former (people)

Verse 26

وَهُمْ يَنْهَوْنَ عَنْهُ وَيَنْـَٔوْنَ عَنْهُ ۖ وَإِن يُهْلِكُونَ إِلَّآ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَمَا يَشْعُرُونَ

Transliteration wahum yanhawna ʿanhu wayanawna ʿanhu wa-in yuh'likūna illā anfusahum wamā yashʿurūna

English And they prevent [others] from him and are [themselves] remote from him. And they do not destroy except themselves, but they perceive [it] not.

  1. وَهُمْwahumAnd they
  2. يَنْهَوْنَyanhawnaforbid (others)
  3. عَنْهُʿanhufrom it
  4. وَيَنْـَٔوْنَwayanawnaand they keep away
  5. عَنْهُ ۖʿanhufrom it
  6. وَإِنwa-inAnd not
  7. يُهْلِكُونَyuh'likūnathey destroy
  8. إِلَّآillāexcept
  9. أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumthemselves
  10. وَمَاwamāand not
  11. يَشْعُرُونَyashʿurūnathey perceive

Verse 27

وَلَوْ تَرَىٰٓ إِذْ وُقِفُوا۟ عَلَى ٱلنَّارِ فَقَالُوا۟ يَـٰلَيْتَنَا نُرَدُّ وَلَا نُكَذِّبَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِ رَبِّنَا وَنَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration walaw tarā idh wuqifū ʿalā l-nāri faqālū yālaytanā nuraddu walā nukadhiba biāyāti rabbinā wanakūna mina l-mu'minīna

English If you could but see when they are made to stand before the Fire and will say, "Oh, would that we could be returned [to life on earth] and not deny the signs of our Lord and be among the believers."

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. تَرَىٰٓtarāyou (could) see
  3. إِذْidhwhen
  4. وُقِفُوا۟wuqifūthey are made to stand
  5. عَلَىʿalāby
  6. ٱلنَّارِl-nārithe Fire
  7. فَقَالُوا۟faqālūthen they (will) say
  8. يَـٰلَيْتَنَاyālaytanāOh! Would that we
  9. نُرَدُّnuradduwere sent back
  10. وَلَاwalāand not
  11. نُكَذِّبَnukadhibawe would deny
  12. بِـَٔايَـٰتِbiāyāti(the) Signs
  13. رَبِّنَاrabbinā(of) our Lord
  14. وَنَكُونَwanakūnaand we would be
  15. مِنَminaamong
  16. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīnathe believers

Verse 28

بَلْ بَدَا لَهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يُخْفُونَ مِن قَبْلُ ۖ وَلَوْ رُدُّوا۟ لَعَادُوا۟ لِمَا نُهُوا۟ عَنْهُ وَإِنَّهُمْ لَكَـٰذِبُونَ

Transliteration bal badā lahum mā kānū yukh'fūna min qablu walaw ruddū laʿādū limā nuhū ʿanhu wa-innahum lakādhibūna

English But what they concealed before has [now] appeared to them. And even if they were returned, they would return to that which they were forbidden; and indeed, they are liars.

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. بَدَاbadābecame manifest
  3. لَهُمlahumfor them
  4. مَّاmāwhat
  5. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  6. يُخْفُونَyukh'fūnaconceal
  7. مِنminfrom
  8. قَبْلُ ۖqablubefore
  9. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  10. رُدُّوا۟ruddūthey were sent back
  11. لَعَادُوا۟laʿādūcertainly they (would) return
  12. لِمَاlimāto what
  13. نُهُوا۟nuhūthey were forbidden
  14. عَنْهُʿanhufrom it
  15. وَإِنَّهُمْwa-innahumand indeed they
  16. لَكَـٰذِبُونَlakādhibūnacertainly are liars

Verse 29

وَقَالُوٓا۟ إِنْ هِىَ إِلَّا حَيَاتُنَا ٱلدُّنْيَا وَمَا نَحْنُ بِمَبْعُوثِينَ

Transliteration waqālū in hiya illā ḥayātunā l-dun'yā wamā naḥnu bimabʿūthīna

English And they say, "There is none but our worldly life, and we will not be resurrected."

  1. وَقَالُوٓا۟waqālūAnd they said
  2. إِنْinNot
  3. هِىَhiyait (is)
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. حَيَاتُنَاḥayātunāour life
  6. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā(of) the world
  7. وَمَاwamāand not
  8. نَحْنُnaḥnuwe
  9. بِمَبْعُوثِينَbimabʿūthīna(will be) resurrected

Verse 30

وَلَوْ تَرَىٰٓ إِذْ وُقِفُوا۟ عَلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ ۚ قَالَ أَلَيْسَ هَـٰذَا بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚ قَالُوا۟ بَلَىٰ وَرَبِّنَا ۚ قَالَ فَذُوقُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَكْفُرُونَ

Transliteration walaw tarā idh wuqifū ʿalā rabbihim qāla alaysa hādhā bil-ḥaqi qālū balā warabbinā qāla fadhūqū l-ʿadhāba bimā kuntum takfurūna

English If you could but see when they will be made to stand before their Lord. He will say, "Is this not the truth?" They will say, "Yes, by our Lord." He will [then] say, "So taste the punishment for what you used to deny."

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. تَرَىٰٓtarāyou (could) see
  3. إِذْidhwhen
  4. وُقِفُوا۟wuqifūthey will be made to stand
  5. عَلَىٰʿalābefore
  6. رَبِّهِمْ ۚrabbihimtheir Lord
  7. قَالَqālaHe (will) say
  8. أَلَيْسَalaysaIs not
  9. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  10. بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚbil-ḥaqithe truth
  11. قَالُوا۟qālūThey will say
  12. بَلَىٰbalāYes
  13. وَرَبِّنَا ۚwarabbināby our Lord
  14. قَالَqālaHe (will) say
  15. فَذُوقُوا۟fadhūqūSo taste
  16. ٱلْعَذَابَl-ʿadhābathe punishment
  17. بِمَاbimābecause
  18. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  19. تَكْفُرُونَtakfurūnadisbelieve

Verse 31

قَدْ خَسِرَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِلِقَآءِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَتْهُمُ ٱلسَّاعَةُ بَغْتَةً قَالُوا۟ يَـٰحَسْرَتَنَا عَلَىٰ مَا فَرَّطْنَا فِيهَا وَهُمْ يَحْمِلُونَ أَوْزَارَهُمْ عَلَىٰ ظُهُورِهِمْ ۚ أَلَا سَآءَ مَا يَزِرُونَ

Transliteration qad khasira alladhīna kadhabū biliqāi l-lahi ḥattā idhā jāathumu l-sāʿatu baghtatan qālū yāḥasratanā ʿalā mā farraṭnā fīhā wahum yaḥmilūna awzārahum ʿalā ẓuhūrihim alā sāa mā yazirūna

English Those will have lost who deny the meeting with Allāh, until when the Hour [of resurrection] comes upon them unexpectedly, they will say, "Oh, [how great is] our regret over what we neglected concerning it [i.e., the Hour]," while they bear their burdens [i.e., sins] on their backs. Unquestionably, evil is that which they bear.

  1. قَدْqadIndeed
  2. خَسِرَkhasiraincurred loss
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  5. بِلِقَآءِbiliqāiin (the) meeting
  6. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahi(with) Allah
  7. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  8. إِذَاidhāwhen
  9. جَآءَتْهُمُjāathumucame to them
  10. ٱلسَّاعَةُl-sāʿatuthe Hour
  11. بَغْتَةًۭbaghtatansuddenly
  12. قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
  13. يَـٰحَسْرَتَنَاyāḥasratanāOh! Our regret
  14. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  15. مَاmāwhat
  16. فَرَّطْنَاfarraṭnāwe neglected
  17. فِيهَاfīhāconcerning it
  18. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  19. يَحْمِلُونَyaḥmilūnawill bear
  20. أَوْزَارَهُمْawzārahumtheir burdens
  21. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  22. ظُهُورِهِمْ ۚẓuhūrihimtheir backs
  23. أَلَاalāUnquestionably
  24. سَآءَsāaEvil
  25. مَاmā(is) what
  26. يَزِرُونَyazirūnathey bear

Verse 32

وَمَا ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَآ إِلَّا لَعِبٌ وَلَهْوٌ ۖ وَلَلدَّارُ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةُ خَيْرٌ لِّلَّذِينَ يَتَّقُونَ ۗ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ

Transliteration wamā l-ḥayatu l-dun'yā illā laʿibun walahwun walalddāru l-ākhiratu khayrun lilladhīna yattaqūna afalā taʿqilūna

English And the worldly life is not but amusement and diversion; but the home of the Hereafter is best for those who fear Allāh, so will you not reason?

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. ٱلْحَيَوٰةُl-ḥayatu(is) the life
  3. ٱلدُّنْيَآl-dun'yā(of) the world
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. لَعِبٌۭlaʿibuna play
  6. وَلَهْوٌۭ ۖwalahwunand amusement
  7. وَلَلدَّارُwalalddārubut the home
  8. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةُl-ākhiratu(of) the Hereafter
  9. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) best
  10. لِّلَّذِينَlilladhīnafor those who
  11. يَتَّقُونَ ۗyattaqūna(are) God conscious
  12. أَفَلَاafalāThen not
  13. تَعْقِلُونَtaʿqilūna(will) you reason

Verse 33

قَدْ نَعْلَمُ إِنَّهُۥ لَيَحْزُنُكَ ٱلَّذِى يَقُولُونَ ۖ فَإِنَّهُمْ لَا يُكَذِّبُونَكَ وَلَـٰكِنَّ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِ ٱللَّهِ يَجْحَدُونَ

Transliteration qad naʿlamu innahu layaḥzunuka alladhī yaqūlūna fa-innahum lā yukadhibūnaka walākinna l-ẓālimīna biāyāti l-lahi yajḥadūna

English We know that you, [O Muḥammad], are saddened by what they say. And indeed, they do not call you untruthful, but it is the verses of Allāh that the wrongdoers reject.

  1. قَدْqadIndeed
  2. نَعْلَمُnaʿlamuWe know
  3. إِنَّهُۥinnahuthat it
  4. لَيَحْزُنُكَlayaḥzunukagrieves you
  5. ٱلَّذِىalladhīwhat
  6. يَقُولُونَ ۖyaqūlūnathey say
  7. فَإِنَّهُمْfa-innahumAnd indeed, they
  8. لَاlā(do) not
  9. يُكَذِّبُونَكَyukadhibūnakadeny you
  10. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnabut
  11. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
  12. بِـَٔايَـٰتِbiāyātithe Verses
  13. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  14. يَجْحَدُونَyajḥadūnathey reject

Verse 34

وَلَقَدْ كُذِّبَتْ رُسُلٌ مِّن قَبْلِكَ فَصَبَرُوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَا كُذِّبُوا۟ وَأُوذُوا۟ حَتَّىٰٓ أَتَىٰهُمْ نَصْرُنَا ۚ وَلَا مُبَدِّلَ لِكَلِمَـٰتِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ وَلَقَدْ جَآءَكَ مِن نَّبَإِى۟ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration walaqad kudhibat rusulun min qablika faṣabarū ʿalā mā kudhibū waūdhū ḥattā atāhum naṣrunā walā mubaddila likalimāti l-lahi walaqad jāaka min naba-i l-mur'salīna

English And certainly were messengers denied before you, but they were patient over the denial, and they were harmed until Our victory came to them. And none can alter the words [i.e., decrees] of Allāh. And there has certainly come to you some information about the [previous] messengers.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd surely
  2. كُذِّبَتْkudhibatwere rejected
  3. رُسُلٌۭrusulunMessengers
  4. مِّنminfrom
  5. قَبْلِكَqablikabefore you
  6. فَصَبَرُوا۟faṣabarūbut they were patient
  7. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  8. مَاmāwhat
  9. كُذِّبُوا۟kudhibūthey were rejected
  10. وَأُوذُوا۟waūdhūand they were harmed
  11. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  12. أَتَىٰهُمْatāhumcame to them
  13. نَصْرُنَا ۚnaṣrunāOur help
  14. وَلَاwalāAnd no
  15. مُبَدِّلَmubaddilaone (can) alter
  16. لِكَلِمَـٰتِlikalimāti(the) words
  17. ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahi(of) Allah
  18. وَلَقَدْwalaqadand surely
  19. جَآءَكَjāakahas come to you
  20. مِنminof
  21. نَّبَإِى۟naba-i(the) news
  22. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīna(of) the Messengers

Verse 35

وَإِن كَانَ كَبُرَ عَلَيْكَ إِعْرَاضُهُمْ فَإِنِ ٱسْتَطَعْتَ أَن تَبْتَغِىَ نَفَقًا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ أَوْ سُلَّمًا فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ فَتَأْتِيَهُم بِـَٔايَةٍ ۚ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ لَجَمَعَهُمْ عَلَى ٱلْهُدَىٰ ۚ فَلَا تَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْجَـٰهِلِينَ

Transliteration wa-in kāna kabura ʿalayka iʿ'rāḍuhum fa-ini is'taṭaʿta an tabtaghiya nafaqan fī l-arḍi aw sullaman fī l-samāi fatatiyahum biāyatin walaw shāa l-lahu lajamaʿahum ʿalā l-hudā falā takūnanna mina l-jāhilīna

English And if their evasion is difficult for you, then if you are able to seek a tunnel into the earth or a stairway into the sky to bring them a sign, [then do so]. But if Allāh had willed, He would have united them upon guidance. So never be of the ignorant.

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  2. كَانَkānais
  3. كَبُرَkaburadifficult
  4. عَلَيْكَʿalaykafor you
  5. إِعْرَاضُهُمْiʿ'rāḍuhumtheir aversion
  6. فَإِنِfa-inithen if
  7. ٱسْتَطَعْتَis'taṭaʿtayou are able
  8. أَنanto
  9. تَبْتَغِىَtabtaghiyaseek
  10. نَفَقًۭاnafaqana tunnel
  11. فِىfīin
  12. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  13. أَوْawor
  14. سُلَّمًۭاsullamana ladder
  15. فِىfīinto
  16. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  17. فَتَأْتِيَهُمfatatiyahumso that you bring to them
  18. بِـَٔايَةٍۢ ۚbiāyatina Sign
  19. وَلَوْwalawBut if
  20. شَآءَshāa(had) willed
  21. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  22. لَجَمَعَهُمْlajamaʿahumsurely He (would) have gathered them
  23. عَلَىʿalāon
  24. ٱلْهُدَىٰ ۚl-hudāthe guidance
  25. فَلَاfalāSo (do) not
  26. تَكُونَنَّtakūnannabe
  27. مِنَminaof
  28. ٱلْجَـٰهِلِينَl-jāhilīnathe ignorant

Verse 36

۞ إِنَّمَا يَسْتَجِيبُ ٱلَّذِينَ يَسْمَعُونَ ۘ وَٱلْمَوْتَىٰ يَبْعَثُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ثُمَّ إِلَيْهِ يُرْجَعُونَ

Transliteration innamā yastajību alladhīna yasmaʿūna wal-mawtā yabʿathuhumu l-lahu thumma ilayhi yur'jaʿūna

English Only those who hear will respond. But the dead - Allāh will resurrect them; then to Him they will be returned.

  1. ۞ إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  2. يَسْتَجِيبُyastajīburespond
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. يَسْمَعُونَ ۘyasmaʿūnalisten
  5. وَٱلْمَوْتَىٰwal-mawtāBut the dead
  6. يَبْعَثُهُمُyabʿathuhumuwill resurrect them
  7. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  8. ثُمَّthummathen
  9. إِلَيْهِilayhito Him
  10. يُرْجَعُونَyur'jaʿūnathey will be returned

Verse 37

وَقَالُوا۟ لَوْلَا نُزِّلَ عَلَيْهِ ءَايَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّهِۦ ۚ قُلْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ قَادِرٌ عَلَىٰٓ أَن يُنَزِّلَ ءَايَةً وَلَـٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration waqālū lawlā nuzzila ʿalayhi āyatun min rabbihi qul inna l-laha qādirun ʿalā an yunazzila āyatan walākinna aktharahum lā yaʿlamūna

English And they say, "Why has a sign not been sent down to him from his Lord?" Say, "Indeed, Allāh is Able to send down a sign, but most of them do not know."

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they said
  2. لَوْلَاlawlāWhy (is) not
  3. نُزِّلَnuzzilasent down
  4. عَلَيْهِʿalayhito him
  5. ءَايَةٌۭāyatuna Sign
  6. مِّنminfrom
  7. رَّبِّهِۦ ۚrabbihihis Lord
  8. قُلْqulSay
  9. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  10. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  11. قَادِرٌqādirun(is) Able
  12. عَلَىٰٓʿalā[on]
  13. أَنanto
  14. يُنَزِّلَyunazzilasend down
  15. ءَايَةًۭāyatana Sign
  16. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnabut
  17. أَكْثَرَهُمْaktharahummost of them
  18. لَاlā(do) not
  19. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 38

وَمَا مِن دَآبَّةٍ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا طَـٰٓئِرٍ يَطِيرُ بِجَنَاحَيْهِ إِلَّآ أُمَمٌ أَمْثَالُكُم ۚ مَّا فَرَّطْنَا فِى ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ مِن شَىْءٍ ۚ ثُمَّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ يُحْشَرُونَ

Transliteration wamā min dābbatin fī l-arḍi walā ṭāirin yaṭīru bijanāḥayhi illā umamun amthālukum mā farraṭnā fī l-kitābi min shayin thumma ilā rabbihim yuḥ'sharūna

English And there is no creature on [or within] the earth or bird that flies with its wings except [that they are] communities like you. We have not neglected in the Register a thing. Then unto their Lord they will be gathered.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. مِنmin[of]
  3. دَآبَّةٍۢdābbatinany animal
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  6. وَلَاwalāand not
  7. طَـٰٓئِرٍۢṭāirina bird
  8. يَطِيرُyaṭīru(that) flies
  9. بِجَنَاحَيْهِbijanāḥayhiwith its wings
  10. إِلَّآillābut
  11. أُمَمٌumamun(are) communities
  12. أَمْثَالُكُم ۚamthālukumlike you
  13. مَّاmāNot
  14. فَرَّطْنَاfarraṭnāWe have neglected
  15. فِىfīin
  16. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābithe Book
  17. مِنmin[of]
  18. شَىْءٍۢ ۚshayinanything
  19. ثُمَّthummathen
  20. إِلَىٰilāto
  21. رَبِّهِمْrabbihimtheir Lord
  22. يُحْشَرُونَyuḥ'sharūnathey will be gathered

Verse 39

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا صُمٌّ وَبُكْمٌ فِى ٱلظُّلُمَـٰتِ ۗ مَن يَشَإِ ٱللَّهُ يُضْلِلْهُ وَمَن يَشَأْ يَجْعَلْهُ عَلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā ṣummun wabuk'mun fī l-ẓulumāti man yasha-i l-lahu yuḍ'lil'hu waman yasha yajʿalhu ʿalā ṣirāṭin mus'taqīmin

English But those who deny Our verses are deaf and dumb within darknesses. Whomever Allāh wills - He sends astray; and whomever He wills - He puts him on a straight path.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūrejected
  3. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Verses
  4. صُمٌّۭṣummun(are) deaf
  5. وَبُكْمٌۭwabuk'munand dumb
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ٱلظُّلُمَـٰتِ ۗl-ẓulumātithe darkness[es]
  8. مَنmanWhoever
  9. يَشَإِyasha-iwills
  10. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  11. يُضْلِلْهُyuḍ'lil'huHe lets him go astray
  12. وَمَنwamanand whoever
  13. يَشَأْyashaHe wills
  14. يَجْعَلْهُyajʿalhuHe places him
  15. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  16. صِرَٰطٍۢṣirāṭin(the) way
  17. مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢmus'taqīmin(the) straight

Verse 40

قُلْ أَرَءَيْتَكُمْ إِنْ أَتَىٰكُمْ عَذَابُ ٱللَّهِ أَوْ أَتَتْكُمُ ٱلسَّاعَةُ أَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ تَدْعُونَ إِن كُنتُمْ صَـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration qul ara-aytakum in atākum ʿadhābu l-lahi aw atatkumu l-sāʿatu aghayra l-lahi tadʿūna in kuntum ṣādiqīna

English Say, "Have you considered: if there came to you the punishment of Allāh or there came to you the Hour - is it other than Allāh you would invoke, if you should be truthful?"

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَرَءَيْتَكُمْara-aytakumHave you seen
  3. إِنْinif
  4. أَتَىٰكُمْatākum(there) came to you
  5. عَذَابُʿadhābupunishment
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  7. أَوْawor
  8. أَتَتْكُمُatatkumu(there) came to you
  9. ٱلسَّاعَةُl-sāʿatuthe Hour
  10. أَغَيْرَaghayrais it other
  11. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(than) Allah
  12. تَدْعُونَtadʿūnayou call
  13. إِنinif
  14. كُنتُمْkuntumyou are
  15. صَـٰدِقِينَṣādiqīnatruthful

Verse 41

بَلْ إِيَّاهُ تَدْعُونَ فَيَكْشِفُ مَا تَدْعُونَ إِلَيْهِ إِن شَآءَ وَتَنسَوْنَ مَا تُشْرِكُونَ

Transliteration bal iyyāhu tadʿūna fayakshifu mā tadʿūna ilayhi in shāa watansawna mā tush'rikūna

English No, it is Him [alone] you would invoke, and He would remove that for which you invoked Him if He willed, and you would forget what you associate [with Him].

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. إِيَّاهُiyyāhuHim Alone
  3. تَدْعُونَtadʿūnayou call
  4. فَيَكْشِفُfayakshifuand He would remove
  5. مَاmāwhat
  6. تَدْعُونَtadʿūnayou call
  7. إِلَيْهِilayhiupon Him
  8. إِنinif
  9. شَآءَshāaHe wills
  10. وَتَنسَوْنَwatansawnaand you will forget
  11. مَاmāwhat
  12. تُشْرِكُونَtush'rikūnayou associate (with Him)

Verse 42

وَلَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَآ إِلَىٰٓ أُمَمٍ مِّن قَبْلِكَ فَأَخَذْنَـٰهُم بِٱلْبَأْسَآءِ وَٱلضَّرَّآءِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَضَرَّعُونَ

Transliteration walaqad arsalnā ilā umamin min qablika fa-akhadhnāhum bil-basāi wal-ḍarāi laʿallahum yataḍarraʿūna

English And We have already sent [messengers] to nations before you, [O Muḥammad]; then We seized them with poverty and hardship that perhaps they might humble themselves [to Us].

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. أَرْسَلْنَآarsalnāWe sent (Messengers)
  3. إِلَىٰٓilāto
  4. أُمَمٍۢumaminnations
  5. مِّنminfrom
  6. قَبْلِكَqablikabefore you
  7. فَأَخَذْنَـٰهُمfa-akhadhnāhumthen We seized them
  8. بِٱلْبَأْسَآءِbil-basāiwith adversity
  9. وَٱلضَّرَّآءِwal-ḍarāiand hardship
  10. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  11. يَتَضَرَّعُونَyataḍarraʿūnahumble themselves

Verse 43

فَلَوْلَآ إِذْ جَآءَهُم بَأْسُنَا تَضَرَّعُوا۟ وَلَـٰكِن قَسَتْ قُلُوبُهُمْ وَزَيَّنَ لَهُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration falawlā idh jāahum basunā taḍarraʿū walākin qasat qulūbuhum wazayyana lahumu l-shayṭānu mā kānū yaʿmalūna

English Then why, when Our punishment came to them, did they not humble themselves? But their hearts became hardened, and Satan made attractive to them that which they were doing.

  1. فَلَوْلَآfalawlāThen why not
  2. إِذْidhwhen
  3. جَآءَهُمjāahumcame to them
  4. بَأْسُنَاbasunāOur punishment
  5. تَضَرَّعُوا۟taḍarraʿūthey humbled themselves
  6. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinBut
  7. قَسَتْqasatbecame hardened
  8. قُلُوبُهُمْqulūbuhumtheir hearts
  9. وَزَيَّنَwazayyanaand made fair-seeming
  10. لَهُمُlahumuto them
  11. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
  12. مَاmāwhat
  13. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  14. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado

Verse 44

فَلَمَّا نَسُوا۟ مَا ذُكِّرُوا۟ بِهِۦ فَتَحْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ أَبْوَٰبَ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا فَرِحُوا۟ بِمَآ أُوتُوٓا۟ أَخَذْنَـٰهُم بَغْتَةً فَإِذَا هُم مُّبْلِسُونَ

Transliteration falammā nasū mā dhukkirū bihi fataḥnā ʿalayhim abwāba kulli shayin ḥattā idhā fariḥū bimā ūtū akhadhnāhum baghtatan fa-idhā hum mub'lisūna

English So when they forgot that by which they had been reminded, We opened to them the doors of every [good] thing until, when they rejoiced in that which they were given, We seized them suddenly, and they were [then] in despair.

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
  2. نَسُوا۟nasūthey forgot
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. ذُكِّرُوا۟dhukkirūthey were reminded
  5. بِهِۦbihiof [it]
  6. فَتَحْنَاfataḥnāWe opened
  7. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimon them
  8. أَبْوَٰبَabwābagates
  9. كُلِّkulli(of) every
  10. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  11. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  12. إِذَاidhāwhen
  13. فَرِحُوا۟fariḥūthey rejoiced
  14. بِمَآbimāin what
  15. أُوتُوٓا۟ūtūthey were given
  16. أَخَذْنَـٰهُمakhadhnāhumWe seized them
  17. بَغْتَةًۭbaghtatansuddenly
  18. فَإِذَاfa-idhāand then
  19. هُمhumthey
  20. مُّبْلِسُونَmub'lisūna(were) dumbfounded

Verse 45

فَقُطِعَ دَابِرُ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ ۚ وَٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration faquṭiʿa dābiru l-qawmi alladhīna ẓalamū wal-ḥamdu lillahi rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English So the people that committed wrong were eliminated. And praise to Allāh, Lord of the worlds.

  1. فَقُطِعَfaquṭiʿaSo was cut off
  2. دَابِرُdābiru(the) remnant
  3. ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmi(of) the people
  4. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna[those] who
  5. ظَلَمُوا۟ ۚẓalamūdid wrong
  6. وَٱلْحَمْدُwal-ḥamduAnd all praises and thanks
  7. لِلَّهِlillahi(be) to Allah
  8. رَبِّrabbiLord
  9. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 46

قُلْ أَرَءَيْتُمْ إِنْ أَخَذَ ٱللَّهُ سَمْعَكُمْ وَأَبْصَـٰرَكُمْ وَخَتَمَ عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِكُم مَّنْ إِلَـٰهٌ غَيْرُ ٱللَّهِ يَأْتِيكُم بِهِ ۗ ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ نُصَرِّفُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ ثُمَّ هُمْ يَصْدِفُونَ

Transliteration qul ara-aytum in akhadha l-lahu samʿakum wa-abṣārakum wakhatama ʿalā qulūbikum man ilāhun ghayru l-lahi yatīkum bihi unẓur kayfa nuṣarrifu l-āyāti thumma hum yaṣdifūna

English Say, "Have you considered: if Allāh should take away your hearing and your sight and set a seal upon your hearts, which deity other than Allāh could bring them [back] to you?" Look how We diversify the verses; then they [still] turn away.

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَرَءَيْتُمْara-aytumHave you seen
  3. إِنْinif
  4. أَخَذَakhadhatook away
  5. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  6. سَمْعَكُمْsamʿakumyour hearing
  7. وَأَبْصَـٰرَكُمْwa-abṣārakumand your sight
  8. وَخَتَمَwakhatamaand sealed
  9. عَلَىٰʿalā[on]
  10. قُلُوبِكُمqulūbikumyour hearts
  11. مَّنْmanwho
  12. إِلَـٰهٌilāhun(is the) god
  13. غَيْرُghayruother than
  14. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  15. يَأْتِيكُمyatīkumto bring [back] to you
  16. بِهِ ۗbihiwith it
  17. ٱنظُرْunẓurSee
  18. كَيْفَkayfahow
  19. نُصَرِّفُnuṣarrifuWe explain
  20. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Signs
  21. ثُمَّthummayet
  22. هُمْhumthey
  23. يَصْدِفُونَyaṣdifūnaturn away

Verse 47

قُلْ أَرَءَيْتَكُمْ إِنْ أَتَىٰكُمْ عَذَابُ ٱللَّهِ بَغْتَةً أَوْ جَهْرَةً هَلْ يُهْلَكُ إِلَّا ٱلْقَوْمُ ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَ

Transliteration qul ara-aytakum in atākum ʿadhābu l-lahi baghtatan aw jahratan hal yuh'laku illā l-qawmu l-ẓālimūna

English Say, "Have you considered: if the punishment of Allāh should come to you unexpectedly or manifestly, will any be destroyed but the wrongdoing people?"

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَرَءَيْتَكُمْara-aytakumHave you seen
  3. إِنْinif
  4. أَتَىٰكُمْatākumcomes to you
  5. عَذَابُʿadhābupunishment
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  7. بَغْتَةًbaghtatansuddenly
  8. أَوْawor
  9. جَهْرَةًjahratanopenly
  10. هَلْhalwill
  11. يُهْلَكُyuh'laku(any) be destroyed
  12. إِلَّاillāexcept
  13. ٱلْقَوْمُl-qawmuthe people
  14. ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَl-ẓālimūnathe wrongdoers

Verse 48

وَمَا نُرْسِلُ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ إِلَّا مُبَشِّرِينَ وَمُنذِرِينَ ۖ فَمَنْ ءَامَنَ وَأَصْلَحَ فَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ

Transliteration wamā nur'silu l-mur'salīna illā mubashirīna wamundhirīna faman āmana wa-aṣlaḥa falā khawfun ʿalayhim walā hum yaḥzanūna

English And We send not the messengers except as bringers of good tidings and warners. So whoever believes and reforms - there will be no fear concerning them, nor will they grieve.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. نُرْسِلُnur'siluWe send
  3. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. مُبَشِّرِينَmubashirīna(as) bearer of glad tidings
  6. وَمُنذِرِينَ ۖwamundhirīnaand (as) warners
  7. فَمَنْfamanSo whoever
  8. ءَامَنَāmanabelieved
  9. وَأَصْلَحَwa-aṣlaḥaand reformed
  10. فَلَاfalāthen no
  11. خَوْفٌkhawfunfear
  12. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimupon them
  13. وَلَاwalāand not
  14. هُمْhumthey
  15. يَحْزَنُونَyaḥzanūnawill grieve

Verse 49

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا يَمَسُّهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابُ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْسُقُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā yamassuhumu l-ʿadhābu bimā kānū yafsuqūna

English But those who deny Our verses - the punishment will touch them for their defiant disobedience.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  3. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātinā[in] Our Verses
  4. يَمَسُّهُمُyamassuhumuwill touch them
  5. ٱلْعَذَابُl-ʿadhābuthe punishment
  6. بِمَاbimāfor what
  7. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  8. يَفْسُقُونَyafsuqūnadefiantly disobey

Verse 50

قُل لَّآ أَقُولُ لَكُمْ عِندِى خَزَآئِنُ ٱللَّهِ وَلَآ أَعْلَمُ ٱلْغَيْبَ وَلَآ أَقُولُ لَكُمْ إِنِّى مَلَكٌ ۖ إِنْ أَتَّبِعُ إِلَّا مَا يُوحَىٰٓ إِلَىَّ ۚ قُلْ هَلْ يَسْتَوِى ٱلْأَعْمَىٰ وَٱلْبَصِيرُ ۚ أَفَلَا تَتَفَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration qul lā aqūlu lakum ʿindī khazāinu l-lahi walā aʿlamu l-ghayba walā aqūlu lakum innī malakun in attabiʿu illā mā yūḥā ilayya qul hal yastawī l-aʿmā wal-baṣīru afalā tatafakkarūna

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "I do not tell you that I have the depositories [containing the provision] of Allāh or that I know the unseen, nor do I tell you that I am an angel. I only follow what is revealed to me." Say, "Is the blind equivalent to the seeing? Then will you not give thought?"

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لَّآlāNot
  3. أَقُولُaqūlu(do) I say
  4. لَكُمْlakumto you
  5. عِندِىʿindī(that) with me
  6. خَزَآئِنُkhazāinu(are the) treasures
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  8. وَلَآwalāand not
  9. أَعْلَمُaʿlamu(that) I know
  10. ٱلْغَيْبَl-ghaybathe unseen
  11. وَلَآwalāand not
  12. أَقُولُaqūluI say
  13. لَكُمْlakumto you
  14. إِنِّىinnīthat I (am)
  15. مَلَكٌ ۖmalakunan Angel
  16. إِنْinNot
  17. أَتَّبِعُattabiʿu(do) I follow
  18. إِلَّاillāexcept
  19. مَاmāwhat
  20. يُوحَىٰٓyūḥāis revealed
  21. إِلَىَّ ۚilayyato me
  22. قُلْqulSay
  23. هَلْhalCan
  24. يَسْتَوِىyastawībe equal
  25. ٱلْأَعْمَىٰl-aʿmāthe blind
  26. وَٱلْبَصِيرُ ۚwal-baṣīruand the seeing one
  27. أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
  28. تَتَفَكَّرُونَtatafakkarūnayou give thought

Verse 51

وَأَنذِرْ بِهِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَخَافُونَ أَن يُحْشَرُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ ۙ لَيْسَ لَهُم مِّن دُونِهِۦ وَلِىٌّ وَلَا شَفِيعٌ لَّعَلَّهُمْ يَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration wa-andhir bihi alladhīna yakhāfūna an yuḥ'sharū ilā rabbihim laysa lahum min dūnihi waliyyun walā shafīʿun laʿallahum yattaqūna

English And warn by it [i.e., the Qur’ān] those who fear that they will be gathered before their Lord - for them besides Him will be no protector and no intercessor - that they might become righteous.

  1. وَأَنذِرْwa-andhirAnd warn
  2. بِهِbihiwith it
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. يَخَافُونَyakhāfūnafear
  5. أَنanthat
  6. يُحْشَرُوٓا۟yuḥ'sharūthey will be gathered
  7. إِلَىٰilāto
  8. رَبِّهِمْ ۙrabbihimtheir Lord
  9. لَيْسَlaysanot
  10. لَهُمlahumfor them
  11. مِّنminof
  12. دُونِهِۦdūnihiother than Him
  13. وَلِىٌّۭwaliyyunany protector
  14. وَلَاwalāand not
  15. شَفِيعٌۭshafīʿunany intercessor
  16. لَّعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  17. يَتَّقُونَyattaqūna(become) righteous

Verse 52

وَلَا تَطْرُدِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَدْعُونَ رَبَّهُم بِٱلْغَدَوٰةِ وَٱلْعَشِىِّ يُرِيدُونَ وَجْهَهُۥ ۖ مَا عَلَيْكَ مِنْ حِسَابِهِم مِّن شَىْءٍ وَمَا مِنْ حِسَابِكَ عَلَيْهِم مِّن شَىْءٍ فَتَطْرُدَهُمْ فَتَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration walā taṭrudi alladhīna yadʿūna rabbahum bil-ghadati wal-ʿashiyi yurīdūna wajhahu mā ʿalayka min ḥisābihim min shayin wamā min ḥisābika ʿalayhim min shayin fataṭrudahum fatakūna mina l-ẓālimīna

English And do not send away those who call upon their Lord morning and afternoon, seeking His face [i.e., favor]. Not upon you is anything of their account and not upon them is anything of your account. So were you to send them away, you would [then] be of the wrongdoers.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَطْرُدِtaṭrudisend away
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. يَدْعُونَyadʿūnacall
  5. رَبَّهُمrabbahumtheir Lord
  6. بِٱلْغَدَوٰةِbil-ghadatiin the morning
  7. وَٱلْعَشِىِّwal-ʿashiyiand the evening
  8. يُرِيدُونَyurīdūnadesiring
  9. وَجْهَهُۥ ۖwajhahuHis Countenance
  10. مَاmāNot
  11. عَلَيْكَʿalayka(is) on you
  12. مِنْminof
  13. حِسَابِهِمḥisābihimtheir account
  14. مِّنmin[of]
  15. شَىْءٍۢshayinanything
  16. وَمَاwamāand not
  17. مِنْminfrom
  18. حِسَابِكَḥisābikayour account
  19. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimon them
  20. مِّنmin[of]
  21. شَىْءٍۢshayinanything
  22. فَتَطْرُدَهُمْfataṭrudahumSo were you to send them away
  23. فَتَكُونَfatakūnathen you would be
  24. مِنَminaof
  25. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 53

وَكَذَٰلِكَ فَتَنَّا بَعْضَهُم بِبَعْضٍ لِّيَقُولُوٓا۟ أَهَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ مَنَّ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِم مِّنۢ بَيْنِنَآ ۗ أَلَيْسَ ٱللَّهُ بِأَعْلَمَ بِٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَ

Transliteration wakadhālika fatannā baʿḍahum bibaʿḍin liyaqūlū ahāulāi manna l-lahu ʿalayhim min bayninā alaysa l-lahu bi-aʿlama bil-shākirīna

English And thus We have tried some of them through others that they [i.e., the disbelievers] might say, "Is it these whom Allāh has favored among us?" Is not Allāh most knowing of those who are grateful?

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. فَتَنَّاfatannāWe try
  3. بَعْضَهُمbaʿḍahumsome of them
  4. بِبَعْضٍۢbibaʿḍinwith others
  5. لِّيَقُولُوٓا۟liyaqūlūthat they say
  6. أَهَـٰٓؤُلَآءِahāulāiAre these
  7. مَنَّmanna(whom has been) favored
  8. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  9. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhim[upon them]
  10. مِّنۢminfrom
  11. بَيْنِنَآ ۗbaynināamong us
  12. أَلَيْسَalaysais not
  13. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  14. بِأَعْلَمَbi-aʿlamamost knowing
  15. بِٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَbil-shākirīnaof those who are grateful

Verse 54

وَإِذَا جَآءَكَ ٱلَّذِينَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا فَقُلْ سَلَـٰمٌ عَلَيْكُمْ ۖ كَتَبَ رَبُّكُمْ عَلَىٰ نَفْسِهِ ٱلرَّحْمَةَ ۖ أَنَّهُۥ مَنْ عَمِلَ مِنكُمْ سُوٓءًۢا بِجَهَـٰلَةٍ ثُمَّ تَابَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ وَأَصْلَحَ فَأَنَّهُۥ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Transliteration wa-idhā jāaka alladhīna yu'minūna biāyātinā faqul salāmun ʿalaykum kataba rabbukum ʿalā nafsihi l-raḥmata annahu man ʿamila minkum sūan bijahālatin thumma tāba min baʿdihi wa-aṣlaḥa fa-annahu ghafūrun raḥīmun

English And when those come to you who believe in Our verses, say, "Peace be upon you. Your Lord has decreed upon Himself mercy: that any of you who does wrong out of ignorance and then repents after that and corrects himself - indeed, He is Forgiving and Merciful."

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. جَآءَكَjāakacome to you
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve
  5. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināin Our Verses
  6. فَقُلْfaqulthen say
  7. سَلَـٰمٌsalāmunPeace
  8. عَلَيْكُمْ ۖʿalaykum(be) upon you
  9. كَتَبَkataba(Has) Prescribed
  10. رَبُّكُمْrabbukumyour Lord
  11. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  12. نَفْسِهِnafsihiHimself
  13. ٱلرَّحْمَةَ ۖl-raḥmatathe Mercy
  14. أَنَّهُۥannahuthat he
  15. مَنْmanwho
  16. عَمِلَʿamiladoes
  17. مِنكُمْminkumamong you
  18. سُوٓءًۢاsūanevil
  19. بِجَهَـٰلَةٍۢbijahālatinin ignorance
  20. ثُمَّthummathen
  21. تَابَtābarepents
  22. مِنۢminfrom
  23. بَعْدِهِۦbaʿdihiafter it
  24. وَأَصْلَحَwa-aṣlaḥaand reforms
  25. فَأَنَّهُۥfa-annahuthen, indeed He
  26. غَفُورٌۭghafūrun(is) Oft-Forgiving
  27. رَّحِيمٌۭraḥīmunMost Merciful

Verse 55

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُفَصِّلُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ وَلِتَسْتَبِينَ سَبِيلُ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ

Transliteration wakadhālika nufaṣṣilu l-āyāti walitastabīna sabīlu l-muj'rimīna

English And thus do We detail the verses, and [thus] the way of the criminals will become evident.

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. نُفَصِّلُnufaṣṣiluWe explain
  3. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Verses
  4. وَلِتَسْتَبِينَwalitastabīnaso that becomes manifest
  5. سَبِيلُsabīlu(the) way
  6. ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَl-muj'rimīna(of) the criminals

Verse 56

قُلْ إِنِّى نُهِيتُ أَنْ أَعْبُدَ ٱلَّذِينَ تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ قُل لَّآ أَتَّبِعُ أَهْوَآءَكُمْ ۙ قَدْ ضَلَلْتُ إِذًا وَمَآ أَنَا۠ مِنَ ٱلْمُهْتَدِينَ

Transliteration qul innī nuhītu an aʿbuda alladhīna tadʿūna min dūni l-lahi qul lā attabiʿu ahwāakum qad ḍalaltu idhan wamā anā mina l-muh'tadīna

English Say, "Indeed, I have been forbidden to worship those you invoke besides Allāh." Say, "I will not follow your desires, for I would then have gone astray, and I would not be of the [rightly] guided."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنِّىinnīIndeed I
  3. نُهِيتُnuhītu[I] am forbidden
  4. أَنْanthat
  5. أَعْبُدَaʿbudaI worship
  6. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose whom
  7. تَدْعُونَtadʿūnayou call
  8. مِنminfrom
  9. دُونِdūnibesides
  10. ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahiAllah
  11. قُلqulSay
  12. لَّآlāNot
  13. أَتَّبِعُattabiʿuI follow
  14. أَهْوَآءَكُمْ ۙahwāakumyour (vain) desires
  15. قَدْqadcertainly
  16. ضَلَلْتُḍalaltuI would go astray
  17. إِذًۭاidhanthen
  18. وَمَآwamāand not
  19. أَنَا۠anāI (would be)
  20. مِنَminafrom
  21. ٱلْمُهْتَدِينَl-muh'tadīnathe guided-ones

Verse 57

قُلْ إِنِّى عَلَىٰ بَيِّنَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّى وَكَذَّبْتُم بِهِۦ ۚ مَا عِندِى مَا تَسْتَعْجِلُونَ بِهِۦٓ ۚ إِنِ ٱلْحُكْمُ إِلَّا لِلَّهِ ۖ يَقُصُّ ٱلْحَقَّ ۖ وَهُوَ خَيْرُ ٱلْفَـٰصِلِينَ

Transliteration qul innī ʿalā bayyinatin min rabbī wakadhabtum bihi mā ʿindī mā tastaʿjilūna bihi ini l-ḥuk'mu illā lillahi yaquṣṣu l-ḥaqa wahuwa khayru l-fāṣilīna

English Say, "Indeed, I am on clear evidence from my Lord, and you have denied it. I do not have that for which you are impatient. The decision is only for Allāh. He relates the truth, and He is the best of deciders."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I (am)
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  4. بَيِّنَةٍۢbayyinatinclear proof
  5. مِّنminfrom
  6. رَّبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  7. وَكَذَّبْتُمwakadhabtumwhile you deny
  8. بِهِۦ ۚbihi[with] it
  9. مَاmāNot
  10. عِندِىʿindīI have
  11. مَاmāwhat
  12. تَسْتَعْجِلُونَtastaʿjilūnayou seek to hasten
  13. بِهِۦٓ ۚbihiof it
  14. إِنِiniNot
  15. ٱلْحُكْمُl-ḥuk'mu(is) the decision
  16. إِلَّاillāexcept
  17. لِلَّهِ ۖlillahifor Allah
  18. يَقُصُّyaquṣṣuHe relates
  19. ٱلْحَقَّ ۖl-ḥaqathe truth
  20. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  21. خَيْرُkhayru(is the) best
  22. ٱلْفَـٰصِلِينَl-fāṣilīna(of) the Deciders

Verse 58

قُل لَّوْ أَنَّ عِندِى مَا تَسْتَعْجِلُونَ بِهِۦ لَقُضِىَ ٱلْأَمْرُ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَكُمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration qul law anna ʿindī mā tastaʿjilūna bihi laquḍiya l-amru baynī wabaynakum wal-lahu aʿlamu bil-ẓālimīna

English Say, "If I had that for which you are impatient, the matter would have been decided between me and you, but Allāh is most knowing of the wrongdoers."

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لَّوْlawIf
  3. أَنَّannathat
  4. عِندِىʿindī(were) with me
  5. مَاmāwhat
  6. تَسْتَعْجِلُونَtastaʿjilūnayou seek to hasten
  7. بِهِۦbihiof it
  8. لَقُضِىَlaquḍiyasurely would have been decided
  9. ٱلْأَمْرُl-amruthe matter
  10. بَيْنِىbaynībetween me
  11. وَبَيْنَكُمْ ۗwabaynakumand between you
  12. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  13. أَعْلَمُaʿlamu(is) most knowing
  14. بِٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَbil-ẓālimīnaof the wrongdoers

Verse 59

۞ وَعِندَهُۥ مَفَاتِحُ ٱلْغَيْبِ لَا يَعْلَمُهَآ إِلَّا هُوَ ۚ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا فِى ٱلْبَرِّ وَٱلْبَحْرِ ۚ وَمَا تَسْقُطُ مِن وَرَقَةٍ إِلَّا يَعْلَمُهَا وَلَا حَبَّةٍ فِى ظُلُمَـٰتِ ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا رَطْبٍ وَلَا يَابِسٍ إِلَّا فِى كِتَـٰبٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration waʿindahu mafātiḥu l-ghaybi lā yaʿlamuhā illā huwa wayaʿlamu mā fī l-bari wal-baḥri wamā tasquṭu min waraqatin illā yaʿlamuhā walā ḥabbatin fī ẓulumāti l-arḍi walā raṭbin walā yābisin illā fī kitābin mubīnin

English And with Him are the keys of the unseen; none knows them except Him. And He knows what is on the land and in the sea. Not a leaf falls but that He knows it. And no grain is there within the darknesses of the earth and no moist or dry [thing] but that it is [written] in a clear record.

  1. ۞ وَعِندَهُۥwaʿindahuAnd with Him
  2. مَفَاتِحُmafātiḥu(are the) keys
  3. ٱلْغَيْبِl-ghaybi(of) the unseen
  4. لَاlāno (one)
  5. يَعْلَمُهَآyaʿlamuhāknows them
  6. إِلَّاillāexcept
  7. هُوَ ۚhuwaHim
  8. وَيَعْلَمُwayaʿlamuAnd He knows
  9. مَاmāwhat
  10. فِىfī(is) in
  11. ٱلْبَرِّl-barithe land
  12. وَٱلْبَحْرِ ۚwal-baḥriand in the sea
  13. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  14. تَسْقُطُtasquṭufalls
  15. مِنminof
  16. وَرَقَةٍwaraqatinany leaf
  17. إِلَّاillābut
  18. يَعْلَمُهَاyaʿlamuhāHe knows it
  19. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  20. حَبَّةٍۢḥabbatina grain
  21. فِىfīin
  22. ظُلُمَـٰتِẓulumātithe darkness[es]
  23. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍi(of) the earth
  24. وَلَاwalāand not
  25. رَطْبٍۢraṭbinmoist
  26. وَلَاwalāand not
  27. يَابِسٍyābisindry
  28. إِلَّاillābut
  29. فِىfī(is) in
  30. كِتَـٰبٍۢkitābina Record
  31. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninClear

Verse 60

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى يَتَوَفَّىٰكُم بِٱلَّيْلِ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا جَرَحْتُم بِٱلنَّهَارِ ثُمَّ يَبْعَثُكُمْ فِيهِ لِيُقْضَىٰٓ أَجَلٌ مُّسَمًّى ۖ ثُمَّ إِلَيْهِ مَرْجِعُكُمْ ثُمَّ يُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī yatawaffākum bi-al-layli wayaʿlamu mā jaraḥtum bil-nahāri thumma yabʿathukum fīhi liyuq'ḍā ajalun musamman thumma ilayhi marjiʿukum thumma yunabbi-ukum bimā kuntum taʿmalūna

English And it is He who takes your souls by night and knows what you have committed by day. Then He revives you therein [i.e., by day] that a specified term may be fulfilled. Then to Him will be your return; then He will inform you about what you used to do.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. يَتَوَفَّىٰكُمyatawaffākumtakes your (soul)
  4. بِٱلَّيْلِbi-al-layliby the night
  5. وَيَعْلَمُwayaʿlamuand He knows
  6. مَاmāwhat
  7. جَرَحْتُمjaraḥtumyou committed
  8. بِٱلنَّهَارِbil-nahāriby the day
  9. ثُمَّthummaThen
  10. يَبْعَثُكُمْyabʿathukumHe raises you up
  11. فِيهِfīhitherein
  12. لِيُقْضَىٰٓliyuq'ḍāso that is fulfilled
  13. أَجَلٌۭajalun(the) term
  14. مُّسَمًّۭى ۖmusammanspecified
  15. ثُمَّthummaThen
  16. إِلَيْهِilayhito Him
  17. مَرْجِعُكُمْmarjiʿukumwill be your return
  18. ثُمَّthummathen
  19. يُنَبِّئُكُمyunabbi-ukumHe will inform you
  20. بِمَاbimāabout what
  21. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  22. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnado

Verse 61

وَهُوَ ٱلْقَاهِرُ فَوْقَ عِبَادِهِۦ ۖ وَيُرْسِلُ عَلَيْكُمْ حَفَظَةً حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَ أَحَدَكُمُ ٱلْمَوْتُ تَوَفَّتْهُ رُسُلُنَا وَهُمْ لَا يُفَرِّطُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa l-qāhiru fawqa ʿibādihi wayur'silu ʿalaykum ḥafaẓatan ḥattā idhā jāa aḥadakumu l-mawtu tawaffathu rusulunā wahum lā yufarriṭūna

English And He is the subjugator over His servants, and He sends over you guardian-angels until, when death comes to one of you, Our messengers [i.e., angels of death] take him, and they do not fail [in their duties].

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلْقَاهِرُl-qāhiru(is) the Subjugator
  3. فَوْقَfawqaover
  4. عِبَادِهِۦ ۖʿibādihiHis slaves
  5. وَيُرْسِلُwayur'siluand He sends
  6. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumover you
  7. حَفَظَةًḥafaẓatanguardians
  8. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  9. إِذَاidhāwhen
  10. جَآءَjāacomes
  11. أَحَدَكُمُaḥadakumu(to) anyone of you
  12. ٱلْمَوْتُl-mawtuthe death
  13. تَوَفَّتْهُtawaffathutake him
  14. رُسُلُنَاrusulunāOur messengers
  15. وَهُمْwahumand they
  16. لَاlā(do) not
  17. يُفَرِّطُونَyufarriṭūnafail

Verse 62

ثُمَّ رُدُّوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ مَوْلَىٰهُمُ ٱلْحَقِّ ۚ أَلَا لَهُ ٱلْحُكْمُ وَهُوَ أَسْرَعُ ٱلْحَـٰسِبِينَ

Transliteration thumma ruddū ilā l-lahi mawlāhumu l-ḥaqi alā lahu l-ḥuk'mu wahuwa asraʿu l-ḥāsibīna

English Then they [i.e., His servants] are returned to Allāh, their true Lord. Unquestionably, His is the judgement, and He is the swiftest of accountants.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. رُدُّوٓا۟ruddūthey are returned
  3. إِلَىilāto
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  5. مَوْلَىٰهُمُmawlāhumutheir Protector
  6. ٱلْحَقِّ ۚl-ḥaqi[the] True
  7. أَلَاalāUnquestionably
  8. لَهُlahufor Him
  9. ٱلْحُكْمُl-ḥuk'mu(is) the judgment
  10. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  11. أَسْرَعُasraʿu(is) swiftest
  12. ٱلْحَـٰسِبِينَl-ḥāsibīna(of) the Reckoners

Verse 63

قُلْ مَن يُنَجِّيكُم مِّن ظُلُمَـٰتِ ٱلْبَرِّ وَٱلْبَحْرِ تَدْعُونَهُۥ تَضَرُّعًا وَخُفْيَةً لَّئِنْ أَنجَىٰنَا مِنْ هَـٰذِهِۦ لَنَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَ

Transliteration qul man yunajjīkum min ẓulumāti l-bari wal-baḥri tadʿūnahu taḍarruʿan wakhuf'yatan la-in anjānā min hādhihi lanakūnanna mina l-shākirīna

English Say, "Who rescues you from the darknesses of the land and sea [when] you call upon Him imploring [aloud] and privately, 'If He should save us from this [crisis], we will surely be among the thankful.'"

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. مَنmanWho
  3. يُنَجِّيكُمyunajjīkumsaves you
  4. مِّنminfrom
  5. ظُلُمَـٰتِẓulumātidarkness[es]
  6. ٱلْبَرِّl-bari(of) the land
  7. وَٱلْبَحْرِwal-baḥriand the sea
  8. تَدْعُونَهُۥtadʿūnahuyou call Him
  9. تَضَرُّعًۭاtaḍarruʿanhumbly
  10. وَخُفْيَةًۭwakhuf'yatanand secretly
  11. لَّئِنْla-inIf
  12. أَنجَىٰنَاanjānāHe saves us
  13. مِنْminfrom
  14. هَـٰذِهِۦhādhihithis
  15. لَنَكُونَنَّlanakūnannasurely we will be
  16. مِنَminafrom
  17. ٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَl-shākirīnathe grateful ones

Verse 64

قُلِ ٱللَّهُ يُنَجِّيكُم مِّنْهَا وَمِن كُلِّ كَرْبٍ ثُمَّ أَنتُمْ تُشْرِكُونَ

Transliteration quli l-lahu yunajjīkum min'hā wamin kulli karbin thumma antum tush'rikūna

English Say, "It is Allāh who saves you from it and from every distress; then you [still] associate others with Him."

  1. قُلِquliSay
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  3. يُنَجِّيكُمyunajjīkumsaves you
  4. مِّنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
  5. وَمِنwaminand from
  6. كُلِّkullievery
  7. كَرْبٍۢkarbindistress
  8. ثُمَّthummayet
  9. أَنتُمْantumyou
  10. تُشْرِكُونَtush'rikūnaassociate partners (with Allah)

Verse 65

قُلْ هُوَ ٱلْقَادِرُ عَلَىٰٓ أَن يَبْعَثَ عَلَيْكُمْ عَذَابًا مِّن فَوْقِكُمْ أَوْ مِن تَحْتِ أَرْجُلِكُمْ أَوْ يَلْبِسَكُمْ شِيَعًا وَيُذِيقَ بَعْضَكُم بَأْسَ بَعْضٍ ۗ ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ نُصَرِّفُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَفْقَهُونَ

Transliteration qul huwa l-qādiru ʿalā an yabʿatha ʿalaykum ʿadhāban min fawqikum aw min taḥti arjulikum aw yalbisakum shiyaʿan wayudhīqa baʿḍakum basa baʿḍin unẓur kayfa nuṣarrifu l-āyāti laʿallahum yafqahūna

English Say, "He is the [one] Able to send upon you affliction from above you or from beneath your feet or to confuse you [so you become] sects and make you taste the violence of one another." Look how We diversify the signs that they might understand.

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. هُوَhuwaHe
  3. ٱلْقَادِرُl-qādiru(is) All-Capable
  4. عَلَىٰٓʿalā[on]
  5. أَنanto
  6. يَبْعَثَyabʿathasend
  7. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumupon you
  8. عَذَابًۭاʿadhābanpunishment
  9. مِّنminfrom
  10. فَوْقِكُمْfawqikumabove you
  11. أَوْawor
  12. مِنminfrom
  13. تَحْتِtaḥtibeneath
  14. أَرْجُلِكُمْarjulikumyour feet
  15. أَوْawor
  16. يَلْبِسَكُمْyalbisakum(to) confuse you
  17. شِيَعًۭاshiyaʿan(into) sects
  18. وَيُذِيقَwayudhīqaand make (you) taste
  19. بَعْضَكُمbaʿḍakumsome of you
  20. بَأْسَbasaviolence
  21. بَعْضٍ ۗbaʿḍin(of) others
  22. ٱنظُرْunẓurSee
  23. كَيْفَkayfahow
  24. نُصَرِّفُnuṣarrifuWe explain
  25. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Signs
  26. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  27. يَفْقَهُونَyafqahūnaunderstand

Verse 66

وَكَذَّبَ بِهِۦ قَوْمُكَ وَهُوَ ٱلْحَقُّ ۚ قُل لَّسْتُ عَلَيْكُم بِوَكِيلٍ

Transliteration wakadhaba bihi qawmuka wahuwa l-ḥaqu qul lastu ʿalaykum biwakīlin

English But your people have denied it while it is the truth. Say, "I am not over you a manager [i.e., authority]."

  1. وَكَذَّبَwakadhabaBut denied
  2. بِهِۦbihiit
  3. قَوْمُكَqawmukayour people
  4. وَهُوَwahuwawhile it
  5. ٱلْحَقُّ ۚl-ḥaqu(is) the truth
  6. قُلqulSay
  7. لَّسْتُlastuI am not
  8. عَلَيْكُمʿalaykumover you
  9. بِوَكِيلٍۢbiwakīlina manager

Verse 67

لِّكُلِّ نَبَإٍ مُّسْتَقَرٌّ ۚ وَسَوْفَ تَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration likulli naba-in mus'taqarrun wasawfa taʿlamūna

English For every news [i.e., happening] is a finality; and you are going to know.

  1. لِّكُلِّlikulliFor every
  2. نَبَإٍۢnaba-innews
  3. مُّسْتَقَرٌّۭ ۚmus'taqarrun(is) a fixed time
  4. وَسَوْفَwasawfaand soon
  5. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou will know

Verse 68

وَإِذَا رَأَيْتَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَخُوضُونَ فِىٓ ءَايَـٰتِنَا فَأَعْرِضْ عَنْهُمْ حَتَّىٰ يَخُوضُوا۟ فِى حَدِيثٍ غَيْرِهِۦ ۚ وَإِمَّا يُنسِيَنَّكَ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ فَلَا تَقْعُدْ بَعْدَ ٱلذِّكْرَىٰ مَعَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration wa-idhā ra-ayta alladhīna yakhūḍūna fī āyātinā fa-aʿriḍ ʿanhum ḥattā yakhūḍū fī ḥadīthin ghayrihi wa-immā yunsiyannaka l-shayṭānu falā taqʿud baʿda l-dhik'rā maʿa l-qawmi l-ẓālimīna

English And when you see those who engage in [offensive] discourse concerning Our verses, then turn away from them until they enter into another conversation. And if Satan should cause you to forget, then do not remain after the reminder with the wrongdoing people.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. رَأَيْتَra-aytayou see
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. يَخُوضُونَyakhūḍūnaengage (in vain talks)
  5. فِىٓfīabout
  6. ءَايَـٰتِنَاāyātināOur Verses
  7. فَأَعْرِضْfa-aʿriḍthen turn away
  8. عَنْهُمْʿanhumfrom them
  9. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  10. يَخُوضُوا۟yakhūḍūthey engage
  11. فِىfīin
  12. حَدِيثٍḥadīthina talk
  13. غَيْرِهِۦ ۚghayrihiother than it
  14. وَإِمَّاwa-immāAnd if
  15. يُنسِيَنَّكَyunsiyannakacauses you to forget
  16. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
  17. فَلَاfalāthen (do) not
  18. تَقْعُدْtaqʿudsit
  19. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  20. ٱلذِّكْرَىٰl-dhik'rāthe reminder
  21. مَعَmaʿawith
  22. ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmithe people
  23. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 69

وَمَا عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَّقُونَ مِنْ حِسَابِهِم مِّن شَىْءٍ وَلَـٰكِن ذِكْرَىٰ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration wamā ʿalā alladhīna yattaqūna min ḥisābihim min shayin walākin dhik'rā laʿallahum yattaqūna

English And those who fear Allāh are not held accountable for them [i.e., the disbelievers] at all, but [only for] a reminder - that perhaps they will fear Him.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. عَلَىʿalā(is) on
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. يَتَّقُونَyattaqūnafear (Allah)
  5. مِنْminof
  6. حِسَابِهِمḥisābihimtheir account
  7. مِّنmin[of]
  8. شَىْءٍۢshayinanything
  9. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinbut
  10. ذِكْرَىٰdhik'rā(for) reminder
  11. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  12. يَتَّقُونَyattaqūnafear (Allah)

Verse 70

وَذَرِ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ دِينَهُمْ لَعِبًا وَلَهْوًا وَغَرَّتْهُمُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚ وَذَكِّرْ بِهِۦٓ أَن تُبْسَلَ نَفْسٌۢ بِمَا كَسَبَتْ لَيْسَ لَهَا مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَلِىٌّ وَلَا شَفِيعٌ وَإِن تَعْدِلْ كُلَّ عَدْلٍ لَّا يُؤْخَذْ مِنْهَآ ۗ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُبْسِلُوا۟ بِمَا كَسَبُوا۟ ۖ لَهُمْ شَرَابٌ مِّنْ حَمِيمٍ وَعَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌۢ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْفُرُونَ

Transliteration wadhari alladhīna ittakhadhū dīnahum laʿiban walahwan wagharrathumu l-ḥayatu l-dun'yā wadhakkir bihi an tub'sala nafsun bimā kasabat laysa lahā min dūni l-lahi waliyyun walā shafīʿun wa-in taʿdil kulla ʿadlin lā yu'khadh min'hā ulāika alladhīna ub'silū bimā kasabū lahum sharābun min ḥamīmin waʿadhābun alīmun bimā kānū yakfurūna

English And leave those who take their religion as amusement and diversion and whom the worldly life has deluded. But remind with it [i.e., the Qur’ān], lest a soul be given up to destruction for what it earned; it will have other than Allāh no protector and no intercessor. And if it should offer every compensation, it would not be taken from it [i.e., that soul]. Those are the ones who are given to destruction for what they have earned. For them will be a drink of scalding water and a painful punishment because they used to disbelieve.

  1. وَذَرِwadhariAnd leave
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ittakhadhūtake
  4. دِينَهُمْdīnahumtheir religion
  5. لَعِبًۭاlaʿiban(as) a play
  6. وَلَهْوًۭاwalahwanand amusement
  7. وَغَرَّتْهُمُwagharrathumuand deluded them
  8. ٱلْحَيَوٰةُl-ḥayatuthe life
  9. ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚl-dun'yā(of) the world
  10. وَذَكِّرْwadhakkirBut remind
  11. بِهِۦٓbihiwith it
  12. أَنanlest
  13. تُبْسَلَtub'salais given up to destruction
  14. نَفْسٌۢnafsuna soul
  15. بِمَاbimāfor what
  16. كَسَبَتْkasabatit (has) earned
  17. لَيْسَlaysanot
  18. لَهَاlahā(is) for it
  19. مِنminfrom
  20. دُونِdūnibesides
  21. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  22. وَلِىٌّۭwaliyyunany protector
  23. وَلَاwalāand not
  24. شَفِيعٌۭshafīʿunany intercessor
  25. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  26. تَعْدِلْtaʿdilit offers ransom
  27. كُلَّkullaevery
  28. عَدْلٍۢʿadlinransom
  29. لَّاlānot
  30. يُؤْخَذْyu'khadhwill it be taken
  31. مِنْهَآ ۗmin'hāfrom it
  32. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  33. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(are) ones who
  34. أُبْسِلُوا۟ub'silūare given to destruction
  35. بِمَاbimāfor what
  36. كَسَبُوا۟ ۖkasabūthey earned
  37. لَهُمْlahumFor them
  38. شَرَابٌۭsharābun(will be) a drink
  39. مِّنْminof
  40. حَمِيمٍۢḥamīminboiling water
  41. وَعَذَابٌwaʿadhābunand a punishment
  42. أَلِيمٌۢalīmunpainful
  43. بِمَاbimābecause
  44. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  45. يَكْفُرُونَyakfurūnadisbelieve

Verse 71

قُلْ أَنَدْعُوا۟ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا يَنفَعُنَا وَلَا يَضُرُّنَا وَنُرَدُّ عَلَىٰٓ أَعْقَابِنَا بَعْدَ إِذْ هَدَىٰنَا ٱللَّهُ كَٱلَّذِى ٱسْتَهْوَتْهُ ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينُ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ حَيْرَانَ لَهُۥٓ أَصْحَـٰبٌ يَدْعُونَهُۥٓ إِلَى ٱلْهُدَى ٱئْتِنَا ۗ قُلْ إِنَّ هُدَى ٱللَّهِ هُوَ ٱلْهُدَىٰ ۖ وَأُمِرْنَا لِنُسْلِمَ لِرَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration qul anadʿū min dūni l-lahi mā lā yanfaʿunā walā yaḍurrunā wanuraddu ʿalā aʿqābinā baʿda idh hadānā l-lahu ka-alladhī is'tahwathu l-shayāṭīnu fī l-arḍi ḥayrāna lahu aṣḥābun yadʿūnahu ilā l-hudā i'tinā qul inna hudā l-lahi huwa l-hudā wa-umir'nā linus'lima lirabbi l-ʿālamīna

English Say, "Shall we invoke instead of Allāh that which neither benefits us nor harms us and be turned back on our heels after Allāh has guided us? [We would then be] like one whom the devils enticed [to wander] upon the earth confused, [while] he has companions inviting him to guidance, [calling], 'Come to us.'" Say, "Indeed, the guidance of Allāh is the [only] guidance; and we have been commanded to submit to the Lord of the worlds.

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَنَدْعُوا۟anadʿūShall we call
  3. مِنminfrom
  4. دُونِdūnibesides
  5. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  6. مَاmāwhat
  7. لَاlānot
  8. يَنفَعُنَاyanfaʿunābenefits us
  9. وَلَاwalāand not
  10. يَضُرُّنَاyaḍurrunāharms us
  11. وَنُرَدُّwanuradduand we turn back
  12. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  13. أَعْقَابِنَاaʿqābināour heels
  14. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  15. إِذْidh[when]
  16. هَدَىٰنَاhadānā(has) guided us
  17. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  18. كَٱلَّذِىka-alladhīLike the one
  19. ٱسْتَهْوَتْهُis'tahwathuwhom (has been) enticed
  20. ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينُl-shayāṭīnu(by) the Shaitaan
  21. فِىfīin
  22. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  23. حَيْرَانَḥayrānaconfused
  24. لَهُۥٓlahuhe has
  25. أَصْحَـٰبٌۭaṣḥābuncompanions
  26. يَدْعُونَهُۥٓyadʿūnahuwho call him
  27. إِلَىilātowards
  28. ٱلْهُدَىl-hudāthe guidance
  29. ٱئْتِنَا ۗi'tinā'Come to us.'
  30. قُلْqulSay
  31. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  32. هُدَىhudā(the) Guidance
  33. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  34. هُوَhuwait
  35. ٱلْهُدَىٰ ۖl-hudā(is) the Guidance
  36. وَأُمِرْنَاwa-umir'nāand we have been commanded
  37. لِنُسْلِمَlinus'limathat we submit
  38. لِرَبِّlirabbito (the) Lord
  39. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 72

وَأَنْ أَقِيمُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَٱتَّقُوهُ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ إِلَيْهِ تُحْشَرُونَ

Transliteration wa-an aqīmū l-ṣalata wa-ittaqūhu wahuwa alladhī ilayhi tuḥ'sharūna

English And to establish prayer and fear Him." And it is He to whom you will be gathered.

  1. وَأَنْwa-anAnd to
  2. أَقِيمُوا۟aqīmūestablish
  3. ٱلصَّلَوٰةَl-ṣalatathe prayer
  4. وَٱتَّقُوهُ ۚwa-ittaqūhuand fear Him
  5. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  6. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(is) the One
  7. إِلَيْهِilayhito Him
  8. تُحْشَرُونَtuḥ'sharūnayou will be gathered

Verse 73

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖ وَيَوْمَ يَقُولُ كُن فَيَكُونُ ۚ قَوْلُهُ ٱلْحَقُّ ۚ وَلَهُ ٱلْمُلْكُ يَوْمَ يُنفَخُ فِى ٱلصُّورِ ۚ عَـٰلِمُ ٱلْغَيْبِ وَٱلشَّهَـٰدَةِ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلْحَكِيمُ ٱلْخَبِيرُ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī khalaqa l-samāwāti wal-arḍa bil-ḥaqi wayawma yaqūlu kun fayakūnu qawluhu l-ḥaqu walahu l-mul'ku yawma yunfakhu fī l-ṣūri ʿālimu l-ghaybi wal-shahādati wahuwa l-ḥakīmu l-khabīru

English And it is He who created the heavens and earth in truth. And the day [i.e., whenever] He says, "Be," and it is, His word is the truth. And His is the dominion [on] the Day the Horn is blown. [He is] Knower of the unseen and the witnessed; and He is the Wise, the Aware.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd (it is) He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhīWho
  3. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  4. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  5. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  6. بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖbil-ḥaqiin truth
  7. وَيَوْمَwayawmaAnd (the) Day
  8. يَقُولُyaqūluHe says
  9. كُنkunBe
  10. فَيَكُونُ ۚfayakūnuand it is
  11. قَوْلُهُqawluhuHis word
  12. ٱلْحَقُّ ۚl-ḥaqu(is) the truth
  13. وَلَهُwalahuAnd for Him
  14. ٱلْمُلْكُl-mul'ku(is) the Dominion
  15. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  16. يُنفَخُyunfakhuwill be blown
  17. فِىfīin
  18. ٱلصُّورِ ۚl-ṣūrithe trumpet
  19. عَـٰلِمُʿālimu(He is) All-Knower
  20. ٱلْغَيْبِl-ghaybi(of) the unseen
  21. وَٱلشَّهَـٰدَةِ ۚwal-shahādatiand the seen
  22. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  23. ٱلْحَكِيمُl-ḥakīmu(is) the All-Wise
  24. ٱلْخَبِيرُl-khabīruthe All-Aware

Verse 74

۞ وَإِذْ قَالَ إِبْرَٰهِيمُ لِأَبِيهِ ءَازَرَ أَتَتَّخِذُ أَصْنَامًا ءَالِهَةً ۖ إِنِّىٓ أَرَىٰكَ وَقَوْمَكَ فِى ضَلَـٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration wa-idh qāla ib'rāhīmu li-abīhi āzara atattakhidhu aṣnāman ālihatan innī arāka waqawmaka fī ḍalālin mubīnin

English And [mention, O Muḥammad], when Abraham said to his father Āzar, "Do you take idols as deities? Indeed, I see you and your people to be in manifest error."

  1. ۞ وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. قَالَqālasaid
  3. إِبْرَٰهِيمُib'rāhīmuIbrahim
  4. لِأَبِيهِli-abīhito his father
  5. ءَازَرَāzaraAzar
  6. أَتَتَّخِذُatattakhidhuDo you take
  7. أَصْنَامًاaṣnāmanidols
  8. ءَالِهَةً ۖālihatan(as) gods
  9. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  10. أَرَىٰكَarāka[I] see you
  11. وَقَوْمَكَwaqawmakaand your people
  12. فِىfīin
  13. ضَلَـٰلٍۢḍalālinerror
  14. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninmanifest

Verse 75

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُرِىٓ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ مَلَكُوتَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَلِيَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُوقِنِينَ

Transliteration wakadhālika nurī ib'rāhīma malakūta l-samāwāti wal-arḍi waliyakūna mina l-mūqinīna

English And thus did We show Abraham the realm of the heavens and the earth that he would be among the certain [in faith].

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. نُرِىٓnurīWe show(ed)
  3. إِبْرَٰهِيمَib'rāhīmaIbrahim
  4. مَلَكُوتَmalakūtathe kingdom
  5. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  6. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  7. وَلِيَكُونَwaliyakūnaso that he would be
  8. مِنَminaamong
  9. ٱلْمُوقِنِينَl-mūqinīnathe ones who are certain

Verse 76

فَلَمَّا جَنَّ عَلَيْهِ ٱلَّيْلُ رَءَا كَوْكَبًا ۖ قَالَ هَـٰذَا رَبِّى ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَفَلَ قَالَ لَآ أُحِبُّ ٱلْـَٔافِلِينَ

Transliteration falammā janna ʿalayhi al-laylu raā kawkaban qāla hādhā rabbī falammā afala qāla lā uḥibbu l-āfilīna

English So when the night covered him [with darkness], he saw a star. He said, "This is my lord." But when it set, he said, "I like not those that set [i.e., disappear]."

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
  2. جَنَّjannacovered
  3. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiover him
  4. ٱلَّيْلُal-layluthe night
  5. رَءَاraāhe saw
  6. كَوْكَبًۭا ۖkawkabana star
  7. قَالَqālaHe said
  8. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  9. رَبِّى ۖrabbī(is) my Lord
  10. فَلَمَّآfalammāBut when
  11. أَفَلَafalait set
  12. قَالَqālahe said
  13. لَآlāNot
  14. أُحِبُّuḥibbu(do) I like
  15. ٱلْـَٔافِلِينَl-āfilīnathe ones that set

Verse 77

فَلَمَّا رَءَا ٱلْقَمَرَ بَازِغًا قَالَ هَـٰذَا رَبِّى ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَفَلَ قَالَ لَئِن لَّمْ يَهْدِنِى رَبِّى لَأَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلضَّآلِّينَ

Transliteration falammā raā l-qamara bāzighan qāla hādhā rabbī falammā afala qāla la-in lam yahdinī rabbī la-akūnanna mina l-qawmi l-ḍālīna

English And when he saw the moon rising, he said, "This is my lord." But when it set, he said, "Unless my Lord guides me, I will surely be among the people gone astray."

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāWhen
  2. رَءَاraāhe saw
  3. ٱلْقَمَرَl-qamarathe moon
  4. بَازِغًۭاbāzighanrising
  5. قَالَqālahe said
  6. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  7. رَبِّى ۖrabbī(is) my Lord
  8. فَلَمَّآfalammāBut when
  9. أَفَلَafalait set
  10. قَالَqālahe said
  11. لَئِنla-inIf
  12. لَّمْlam(does) not
  13. يَهْدِنِىyahdinīguide me
  14. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  15. لَأَكُونَنَّla-akūnannaI will surely be
  16. مِنَminaamong
  17. ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmithe people
  18. ٱلضَّآلِّينَl-ḍālīnawho went astray

Verse 78

فَلَمَّا رَءَا ٱلشَّمْسَ بَازِغَةً قَالَ هَـٰذَا رَبِّى هَـٰذَآ أَكْبَرُ ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَفَلَتْ قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ إِنِّى بَرِىٓءٌ مِّمَّا تُشْرِكُونَ

Transliteration falammā raā l-shamsa bāzighatan qāla hādhā rabbī hādhā akbaru falammā afalat qāla yāqawmi innī barīon mimmā tush'rikūna

English And when he saw the sun rising, he said, "This is my lord; this is greater." But when it set, he said, "O my people, indeed I am free from what you associate with Allāh.

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāWhen
  2. رَءَاraāhe saw
  3. ٱلشَّمْسَl-shamsathe sun
  4. بَازِغَةًۭbāzighatanrising
  5. قَالَqālahe said
  6. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis (is)
  7. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  8. هَـٰذَآhādhāthis (is)
  9. أَكْبَرُ ۖakbarugreater
  10. فَلَمَّآfalammāBut when
  11. أَفَلَتْafalatit set
  12. قَالَqālahe said
  13. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  14. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  15. بَرِىٓءٌۭbarīonfree
  16. مِّمَّاmimmāof what
  17. تُشْرِكُونَtush'rikūnayou associate (with Allah)

Verse 79

إِنِّى وَجَّهْتُ وَجْهِىَ لِلَّذِى فَطَرَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ حَنِيفًا ۖ وَمَآ أَنَا۠ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ

Transliteration innī wajjahtu wajhiya lilladhī faṭara l-samāwāti wal-arḍa ḥanīfan wamā anā mina l-mush'rikīna

English Indeed, I have turned my face [i.e., self] toward He who created the heavens and the earth, inclining toward truth, and I am not of those who associate others with Allāh."

  1. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  2. وَجَّهْتُwajjahtu[I] have turned
  3. وَجْهِىَwajhiyamy face
  4. لِلَّذِىlilladhīto the One Who
  5. فَطَرَfaṭaracreated
  6. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  7. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  8. حَنِيفًۭا ۖḥanīfan(as) a true monotheist
  9. وَمَآwamāand not
  10. أَنَا۠anāI (am)
  11. مِنَminaof
  12. ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَl-mush'rikīnathe polytheists

Verse 80

وَحَآجَّهُۥ قَوْمُهُۥ ۚ قَالَ أَتُحَـٰٓجُّوٓنِّى فِى ٱللَّهِ وَقَدْ هَدَىٰنِ ۚ وَلَآ أَخَافُ مَا تُشْرِكُونَ بِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ أَن يَشَآءَ رَبِّى شَيْـًٔا ۗ وَسِعَ رَبِّى كُلَّ شَىْءٍ عِلْمًا ۗ أَفَلَا تَتَذَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration waḥājjahu qawmuhu qāla atuḥājjūnnī fī l-lahi waqad hadāni walā akhāfu mā tush'rikūna bihi illā an yashāa rabbī shayan wasiʿa rabbī kulla shayin ʿil'man afalā tatadhakkarūna

English And his people argued with him. He said, "Do you argue with me concerning Allāh while He has guided me? And I fear not what you associate with Him [and will not be harmed] unless my Lord should will something. My Lord encompasses all things in knowledge; then will you not remember?

  1. وَحَآجَّهُۥwaḥājjahuAnd argued with him
  2. قَوْمُهُۥ ۚqawmuhuhis people
  3. قَالَqālaHe said
  4. أَتُحَـٰٓجُّوٓنِّىatuḥājjūnnīDo you argue with me
  5. فِىfīconcerning
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  7. وَقَدْwaqadwhile certainly
  8. هَدَىٰنِ ۚhadāniHe has guided me
  9. وَلَآwalāAnd not
  10. أَخَافُakhāfu(do) I fear
  11. مَاmāwhat
  12. تُشْرِكُونَtush'rikūnayou associate
  13. بِهِۦٓbihiwith Him
  14. إِلَّآillāunless
  15. أَنan[that]
  16. يَشَآءَyashāawills
  17. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  18. شَيْـًۭٔا ۗshayananything
  19. وَسِعَwasiʿaEncompasses
  20. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  21. كُلَّkullaevery
  22. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  23. عِلْمًا ۗʿil'man(in) knowledge
  24. أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
  25. تَتَذَكَّرُونَtatadhakkarūnayou take heed

Verse 81

وَكَيْفَ أَخَافُ مَآ أَشْرَكْتُمْ وَلَا تَخَافُونَ أَنَّكُمْ أَشْرَكْتُم بِٱللَّهِ مَا لَمْ يُنَزِّلْ بِهِۦ عَلَيْكُمْ سُلْطَـٰنًا ۚ فَأَىُّ ٱلْفَرِيقَيْنِ أَحَقُّ بِٱلْأَمْنِ ۖ إِن كُنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration wakayfa akhāfu mā ashraktum walā takhāfūna annakum ashraktum bil-lahi mā lam yunazzil bihi ʿalaykum sul'ṭānan fa-ayyu l-farīqayni aḥaqqu bil-amni in kuntum taʿlamūna

English And how should I fear what you associate while you do not fear that you have associated with Allāh that for which He has not sent down to you any authority? So which of the two parties has more right to security, if you should know?"

  1. وَكَيْفَwakayfaAnd how
  2. أَخَافُakhāfucould I fear
  3. مَآmāwhat
  4. أَشْرَكْتُمْashraktumyou associate (with Allah)
  5. وَلَاwalāwhile not
  6. تَخَافُونَtakhāfūnayou fear
  7. أَنَّكُمْannakumthat you
  8. أَشْرَكْتُمashraktumhave associated
  9. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiwith Allah
  10. مَاmāwhat
  11. لَمْlamnot
  12. يُنَزِّلْyunazzildid He send down
  13. بِهِۦbihifor it
  14. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumto you
  15. سُلْطَـٰنًۭا ۚsul'ṭānanany authority
  16. فَأَىُّfa-ayyuSo which
  17. ٱلْفَرِيقَيْنِl-farīqayni(of) the two parties
  18. أَحَقُّaḥaqquhas more right
  19. بِٱلْأَمْنِ ۖbil-amnito security
  20. إِنinif
  21. كُنتُمْkuntumyou
  22. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 82

ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَلَمْ يَلْبِسُوٓا۟ إِيمَـٰنَهُم بِظُلْمٍ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ لَهُمُ ٱلْأَمْنُ وَهُم مُّهْتَدُونَ

Transliteration alladhīna āmanū walam yalbisū īmānahum biẓul'min ulāika lahumu l-amnu wahum muh'tadūna

English They who believe and do not mix their belief with injustice - those will have security, and they are [rightly] guided.

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  2. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieved
  3. وَلَمْwalamand (did) not
  4. يَلْبِسُوٓا۟yalbisūmix
  5. إِيمَـٰنَهُمīmānahumtheir belief
  6. بِظُلْمٍbiẓul'minwith wrong
  7. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikathose
  8. لَهُمُlahumufor them
  9. ٱلْأَمْنُl-amnu(is) the security
  10. وَهُمwahumand they
  11. مُّهْتَدُونَmuh'tadūna(are) rightly guided

Verse 83

وَتِلْكَ حُجَّتُنَآ ءَاتَيْنَـٰهَآ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ عَلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ ۚ نَرْفَعُ دَرَجَـٰتٍ مَّن نَّشَآءُ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ حَكِيمٌ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration watil'ka ḥujjatunā ātaynāhā ib'rāhīma ʿalā qawmihi narfaʿu darajātin man nashāu inna rabbaka ḥakīmun ʿalīmun

English And that was Our [conclusive] argument which We gave Abraham against his people. We raise by degrees whom We will. Indeed, your Lord is Wise and Knowing.

  1. وَتِلْكَwatil'kaAnd this
  2. حُجَّتُنَآḥujjatunā(is) Our argument
  3. ءَاتَيْنَـٰهَآātaynāhāWe gave it
  4. إِبْرَٰهِيمَib'rāhīma(to) Ibrahim
  5. عَلَىٰʿalāagainst
  6. قَوْمِهِۦ ۚqawmihihis people
  7. نَرْفَعُnarfaʿuWe raise
  8. دَرَجَـٰتٍۢdarajātin(by) degrees
  9. مَّنmanwhom
  10. نَّشَآءُ ۗnashāuWe will
  11. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  12. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  13. حَكِيمٌḥakīmun(is) All-Wise
  14. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmunAll-Knowing

Verse 84

وَوَهَبْنَا لَهُۥٓ إِسْحَـٰقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ ۚ كُلًّا هَدَيْنَا ۚ وَنُوحًا هَدَيْنَا مِن قَبْلُ ۖ وَمِن ذُرِّيَّتِهِۦ دَاوُۥدَ وَسُلَيْمَـٰنَ وَأَيُّوبَ وَيُوسُفَ وَمُوسَىٰ وَهَـٰرُونَ ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Transliteration wawahabnā lahu is'ḥāqa wayaʿqūba kullan hadaynā wanūḥan hadaynā min qablu wamin dhurriyyatihi dāwūda wasulaymāna wa-ayyūba wayūsufa wamūsā wahārūna wakadhālika najzī l-muḥ'sinīna

English And We gave to him [i.e., Abraham] Isaac and Jacob - all [of them] We guided. And Noah, We guided before; and among his descendants, David and Solomon and Job and Joseph and Moses and Aaron. Thus do We reward the doers of good.

  1. وَوَهَبْنَاwawahabnāAnd We bestowed
  2. لَهُۥٓlahuto him
  3. إِسْحَـٰقَis'ḥāqaIsaac
  4. وَيَعْقُوبَ ۚwayaʿqūbaand Yaqub
  5. كُلًّاkullanall
  6. هَدَيْنَا ۚhadaynāWe guided
  7. وَنُوحًاwanūḥanAnd Nuh
  8. هَدَيْنَاhadaynāWe guided
  9. مِنminfrom
  10. قَبْلُ ۖqablubefore
  11. وَمِنwaminand of
  12. ذُرِّيَّتِهِۦdhurriyyatihihis descendents
  13. دَاوُۥدَdāwūdaDawood
  14. وَسُلَيْمَـٰنَwasulaymānaand Sulaiman
  15. وَأَيُّوبَwa-ayyūbaand Ayyub
  16. وَيُوسُفَwayūsufaand Yusuf
  17. وَمُوسَىٰwamūsāand Musa
  18. وَهَـٰرُونَ ۚwahārūnaand Harun
  19. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  20. نَجْزِىnajzīWe reward
  21. ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīnathe good-doers

Verse 85

وَزَكَرِيَّا وَيَحْيَىٰ وَعِيسَىٰ وَإِلْيَاسَ ۖ كُلٌّ مِّنَ ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَ

Transliteration wazakariyyā wayaḥyā waʿīsā wa-il'yāsa kullun mina l-ṣāliḥīna

English And Zechariah and John and Jesus and Elias - and all were of the righteous.

  1. وَزَكَرِيَّاwazakariyyāAnd Zakariya
  2. وَيَحْيَىٰwayaḥyāand Yahya
  3. وَعِيسَىٰwaʿīsāand Isa
  4. وَإِلْيَاسَ ۖwa-il'yāsaand Elijah
  5. كُلٌّۭkullunall (were)
  6. مِّنَminaof
  7. ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَl-ṣāliḥīnathe righteous

Verse 86

وَإِسْمَـٰعِيلَ وَٱلْيَسَعَ وَيُونُسَ وَلُوطًا ۚ وَكُلًّا فَضَّلْنَا عَلَى ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration wa-is'māʿīla wal-yasaʿa wayūnusa walūṭan wakullan faḍḍalnā ʿalā l-ʿālamīna

English And Ishmael and Elisha and Jonah and Lot - and all [of them] We preferred over the worlds.

  1. وَإِسْمَـٰعِيلَwa-is'māʿīlaAnd Ishmael
  2. وَٱلْيَسَعَwal-yasaʿaand Elisha
  3. وَيُونُسَwayūnusaand Yunus
  4. وَلُوطًۭا ۚwalūṭanand Lut
  5. وَكُلًّۭاwakullanand all
  6. فَضَّلْنَاfaḍḍalnāWe preferred
  7. عَلَىʿalāover
  8. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīnathe worlds

Verse 87

وَمِنْ ءَابَآئِهِمْ وَذُرِّيَّـٰتِهِمْ وَإِخْوَٰنِهِمْ ۖ وَٱجْتَبَيْنَـٰهُمْ وَهَدَيْنَـٰهُمْ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ

Transliteration wamin ābāihim wadhurriyyātihim wa-ikh'wānihim wa-ij'tabaynāhum wahadaynāhum ilā ṣirāṭin mus'taqīmin

English And [some] among their fathers and their descendants and their brothers - and We chose them and We guided them to a straight path.

  1. وَمِنْwaminAnd from
  2. ءَابَآئِهِمْābāihimtheir fathers
  3. وَذُرِّيَّـٰتِهِمْwadhurriyyātihimand their descendents
  4. وَإِخْوَٰنِهِمْ ۖwa-ikh'wānihimand their brothers
  5. وَٱجْتَبَيْنَـٰهُمْwa-ij'tabaynāhumand We chose them
  6. وَهَدَيْنَـٰهُمْwahadaynāhumand We guided them
  7. إِلَىٰilāto
  8. صِرَٰطٍۢṣirāṭina path
  9. مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢmus'taqīminstraight

Verse 88

ذَٰلِكَ هُدَى ٱللَّهِ يَهْدِى بِهِۦ مَن يَشَآءُ مِنْ عِبَادِهِۦ ۚ وَلَوْ أَشْرَكُوا۟ لَحَبِطَ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration dhālika hudā l-lahi yahdī bihi man yashāu min ʿibādihi walaw ashrakū laḥabiṭa ʿanhum mā kānū yaʿmalūna

English That is the guidance of Allāh by which He guides whomever He wills of His servants. But if they had associated others with Allāh, then worthless for them would be whatever they were doing.

  1. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  2. هُدَىhudā(is the) Guidance
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  4. يَهْدِىyahdīHe guides
  5. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  6. مَنmanwhom
  7. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  8. مِنْminof
  9. عِبَادِهِۦ ۚʿibādihiHis slaves
  10. وَلَوْwalawBut if
  11. أَشْرَكُوا۟ashrakūthey (had) associated partners (with Allah)
  12. لَحَبِطَlaḥabiṭasurely (would be) worthless
  13. عَنْهُمʿanhumfor them
  14. مَّاmāwhat
  15. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  16. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado

Verse 89

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمُ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ وَٱلْحُكْمَ وَٱلنُّبُوَّةَ ۚ فَإِن يَكْفُرْ بِهَا هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ فَقَدْ وَكَّلْنَا بِهَا قَوْمًا لَّيْسُوا۟ بِهَا بِكَـٰفِرِينَ

Transliteration ulāika alladhīna ātaynāhumu l-kitāba wal-ḥuk'ma wal-nubuwata fa-in yakfur bihā hāulāi faqad wakkalnā bihā qawman laysū bihā bikāfirīna

English Those are the ones to whom We gave the Scripture and authority and prophethood. But if they [i.e., the disbelievers] deny it, then We have entrusted it to a people who are not therein disbelievers.

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(are) ones whom
  3. ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمُātaynāhumuWe gave them
  4. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  5. وَٱلْحُكْمَwal-ḥuk'maand the judgment
  6. وَٱلنُّبُوَّةَ ۚwal-nubuwataand the Prophethood
  7. فَإِنfa-inBut if
  8. يَكْفُرْyakfurdisbelieve
  9. بِهَاbihāin it
  10. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāithese
  11. فَقَدْfaqadthen indeed
  12. وَكَّلْنَاwakkalnāWe have entrusted
  13. بِهَاbihāit
  14. قَوْمًۭاqawman(to) a people
  15. لَّيْسُوا۟laysūwho are not
  16. بِهَاbihātherein
  17. بِكَـٰفِرِينَbikāfirīnadisbelievers

Verse 90

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ هَدَى ٱللَّهُ ۖ فَبِهُدَىٰهُمُ ٱقْتَدِهْ ۗ قُل لَّآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ أَجْرًا ۖ إِنْ هُوَ إِلَّا ذِكْرَىٰ لِلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration ulāika alladhīna hadā l-lahu fabihudāhumu iq'tadih qul lā asalukum ʿalayhi ajran in huwa illā dhik'rā lil'ʿālamīna

English Those are the ones whom Allāh has guided, so from their guidance take an example. Say, "I ask of you for it [i.e., this message] no payment. It is not but a reminder for the worlds."

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(are) ones whom
  3. هَدَىhadā(have been) guided
  4. ٱللَّهُ ۖl-lahu(by) Allah
  5. فَبِهُدَىٰهُمُfabihudāhumuso of their guidance
  6. ٱقْتَدِهْ ۗiq'tadihyou follow
  7. قُلqulSay
  8. لَّآlāNot
  9. أَسْـَٔلُكُمْasalukumI ask you
  10. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  11. أَجْرًا ۖajranany reward
  12. إِنْinNot
  13. هُوَhuwa(is) it
  14. إِلَّاillābut
  15. ذِكْرَىٰdhik'rāa reminder
  16. لِلْعَـٰلَمِينَlil'ʿālamīnafor the worlds

Verse 91

وَمَا قَدَرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ حَقَّ قَدْرِهِۦٓ إِذْ قَالُوا۟ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ بَشَرٍ مِّن شَىْءٍ ۗ قُلْ مَنْ أَنزَلَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ ٱلَّذِى جَآءَ بِهِۦ مُوسَىٰ نُورًا وَهُدًى لِّلنَّاسِ ۖ تَجْعَلُونَهُۥ قَرَاطِيسَ تُبْدُونَهَا وَتُخْفُونَ كَثِيرًا ۖ وَعُلِّمْتُم مَّا لَمْ تَعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنتُمْ وَلَآ ءَابَآؤُكُمْ ۖ قُلِ ٱللَّهُ ۖ ثُمَّ ذَرْهُمْ فِى خَوْضِهِمْ يَلْعَبُونَ

Transliteration wamā qadarū l-laha ḥaqqa qadrihi idh qālū mā anzala l-lahu ʿalā basharin min shayin qul man anzala l-kitāba alladhī jāa bihi mūsā nūran wahudan lilnnāsi tajʿalūnahu qarāṭīsa tub'dūnahā watukh'fūna kathīran waʿullim'tum mā lam taʿlamū antum walā ābāukum quli l-lahu thumma dharhum fī khawḍihim yalʿabūna

English And they did not appraise Allāh with true appraisal when they said, "Allāh did not reveal to a human being anything." Say, "Who revealed the Scripture that Moses brought as light and guidance to the people? You [Jews] make it into pages, disclosing [some of] it and concealing much. And you were taught that which you knew not - neither you nor your fathers." Say, "Allāh [revealed it]." Then leave them in their [empty] discourse, amusing themselves.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. قَدَرُوا۟qadarūthey appraised
  3. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  4. حَقَّḥaqqa(with) true
  5. قَدْرِهِۦٓqadrihi[of his] appraisal
  6. إِذْidhwhen
  7. قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
  8. مَآmāNot
  9. أَنزَلَanzalarevealed
  10. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  11. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  12. بَشَرٍۢbasharina human being
  13. مِّنmin[of]
  14. شَىْءٍۢ ۗshayinanything
  15. قُلْqulSay
  16. مَنْmanWho
  17. أَنزَلَanzalarevealed
  18. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  19. ٱلَّذِىalladhīwhich
  20. جَآءَjāabrought
  21. بِهِۦbihi[it]
  22. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  23. نُورًۭاnūran(as) a light
  24. وَهُدًۭىwahudanand guidance
  25. لِّلنَّاسِ ۖlilnnāsifor the people
  26. تَجْعَلُونَهُۥtajʿalūnahuYou make it
  27. قَرَاطِيسَqarāṭīsa(into) parchments
  28. تُبْدُونَهَاtub'dūnahāyou disclose (some of) it
  29. وَتُخْفُونَwatukh'fūnaand you conceal
  30. كَثِيرًۭا ۖkathīranmuch (of it)
  31. وَعُلِّمْتُمwaʿullim'tumAnd you were taught
  32. مَّاmāwhat
  33. لَمْlamnot
  34. تَعْلَمُوٓا۟taʿlamūknew
  35. أَنتُمْantumyou
  36. وَلَآwalāand not
  37. ءَابَآؤُكُمْ ۖābāukumyour forefathers
  38. قُلِquliSay
  39. ٱللَّهُ ۖl-lahuAllah (revealed it)
  40. ثُمَّthummaThen
  41. ذَرْهُمْdharhumleave them
  42. فِىfīin
  43. خَوْضِهِمْkhawḍihimtheir discourse
  44. يَلْعَبُونَyalʿabūnaplaying

Verse 92

وَهَـٰذَا كِتَـٰبٌ أَنزَلْنَـٰهُ مُبَارَكٌ مُّصَدِّقُ ٱلَّذِى بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ وَلِتُنذِرَ أُمَّ ٱلْقُرَىٰ وَمَنْ حَوْلَهَا ۚ وَٱلَّذِينَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِهِۦ ۖ وَهُمْ عَلَىٰ صَلَاتِهِمْ يُحَافِظُونَ

Transliteration wahādhā kitābun anzalnāhu mubārakun muṣaddiqu alladhī bayna yadayhi walitundhira umma l-qurā waman ḥawlahā wa-alladhīna yu'minūna bil-ākhirati yu'minūna bihi wahum ʿalā ṣalātihim yuḥāfiẓūna

English And this is a Book which We have sent down, blessed and confirming what was before it, that you may warn the Mother of Cities [i.e., Makkah] and those around it. Those who believe in the Hereafter believe in it, and they are maintaining their prayers.

  1. وَهَـٰذَاwahādhāAnd this
  2. كِتَـٰبٌkitābun(is) a Book
  3. أَنزَلْنَـٰهُanzalnāhuWe have revealed it
  4. مُبَارَكٌۭmubārakunblessed
  5. مُّصَدِّقُmuṣaddiquconfirming
  6. ٱلَّذِىalladhīwhich
  7. بَيْنَbayna(came) before
  8. يَدَيْهِyadayhiits hands
  9. وَلِتُنذِرَwalitundhiraso that you may warn
  10. أُمَّumma(the) mother
  11. ٱلْقُرَىٰl-qurā(of) the cities
  12. وَمَنْwamanand who
  13. حَوْلَهَا ۚḥawlahā(are) around it
  14. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  15. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve
  16. بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِbil-ākhiratiin the Hereafter
  17. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnathey believe
  18. بِهِۦ ۖbihiin it
  19. وَهُمْwahumand they
  20. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  21. صَلَاتِهِمْṣalātihimtheir prayers
  22. يُحَافِظُونَyuḥāfiẓūna(are) guarding

Verse 93

وَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا أَوْ قَالَ أُوحِىَ إِلَىَّ وَلَمْ يُوحَ إِلَيْهِ شَىْءٌ وَمَن قَالَ سَأُنزِلُ مِثْلَ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ ۗ وَلَوْ تَرَىٰٓ إِذِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَ فِى غَمَرَٰتِ ٱلْمَوْتِ وَٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُ بَاسِطُوٓا۟ أَيْدِيهِمْ أَخْرِجُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَكُمُ ۖ ٱلْيَوْمَ تُجْزَوْنَ عَذَابَ ٱلْهُونِ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَقُولُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ غَيْرَ ٱلْحَقِّ وَكُنتُمْ عَنْ ءَايَـٰتِهِۦ تَسْتَكْبِرُونَ

Transliteration waman aẓlamu mimmani if'tarā ʿalā l-lahi kadhiban aw qāla ūḥiya ilayya walam yūḥa ilayhi shayon waman qāla sa-unzilu mith'la mā anzala l-lahu walaw tarā idhi l-ẓālimūna fī ghamarāti l-mawti wal-malāikatu bāsiṭū aydīhim akhrijū anfusakumu l-yawma tuj'zawna ʿadhāba l-hūni bimā kuntum taqūlūna ʿalā l-lahi ghayra l-ḥaqi wakuntum ʿan āyātihi tastakbirūna

English And who is more unjust than one who invents a lie about Allāh or says, "It has been inspired to me," while nothing has been inspired to him, and one who says, "I will reveal [something] like what Allāh revealed." And if you could but see when the wrongdoers are in the overwhelming pangs of death while the angels extend their hands, [saying], "Discharge your souls! Today you will be awarded the punishment of [extreme] humiliation for what you used to say against Allāh other than the truth and [that] you were, toward His verses, being arrogant."

  1. وَمَنْwamanAnd who
  2. أَظْلَمُaẓlamu(is) more unjust
  3. مِمَّنِmimmanithan (one) who
  4. ٱفْتَرَىٰif'tarāinvents
  5. عَلَىʿalāabout
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  7. كَذِبًاkadhibana lie
  8. أَوْawor
  9. قَالَqālasaid
  10. أُوحِىَūḥiyaIt has been inspired
  11. إِلَىَّilayyato me
  12. وَلَمْwalamwhile not
  13. يُوحَyūḥait was inspired
  14. إِلَيْهِilayhito him
  15. شَىْءٌۭshayonanything
  16. وَمَنwamanand (one) who
  17. قَالَqālasaid
  18. سَأُنزِلُsa-unziluI will reveal
  19. مِثْلَmith'lalike
  20. مَآmāwhat
  21. أَنزَلَanzala(has been) revealed
  22. ٱللَّهُ ۗl-lahu(by) Allah
  23. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  24. تَرَىٰٓtarāyou (could) see
  25. إِذِidhiwhen
  26. ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَl-ẓālimūnathe wrongdoers
  27. فِىfī(are) in
  28. غَمَرَٰتِghamarātiagonies
  29. ٱلْمَوْتِl-mawti(of) [the] death
  30. وَٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُwal-malāikatuwhile the Angels
  31. بَاسِطُوٓا۟bāsiṭū(are) stretching out
  32. أَيْدِيهِمْaydīhimtheir hands (saying)
  33. أَخْرِجُوٓا۟akhrijūDischarge
  34. أَنفُسَكُمُ ۖanfusakumuyour souls
  35. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmaToday
  36. تُجْزَوْنَtuj'zawnayou will be recompensed
  37. عَذَابَʿadhāba(with) punishment
  38. ٱلْهُونِl-hūnihumiliating
  39. بِمَاbimābecause
  40. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  41. تَقُولُونَtaqūlūnasay
  42. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  43. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  44. غَيْرَghayraother than
  45. ٱلْحَقِّl-ḥaqithe truth
  46. وَكُنتُمْwakuntumand you were
  47. عَنْʿantowards
  48. ءَايَـٰتِهِۦāyātihiHis Verses
  49. تَسْتَكْبِرُونَtastakbirūnabeing arrogant

Verse 94

وَلَقَدْ جِئْتُمُونَا فُرَٰدَىٰ كَمَا خَلَقْنَـٰكُمْ أَوَّلَ مَرَّةٍ وَتَرَكْتُم مَّا خَوَّلْنَـٰكُمْ وَرَآءَ ظُهُورِكُمْ ۖ وَمَا نَرَىٰ مَعَكُمْ شُفَعَآءَكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ زَعَمْتُمْ أَنَّهُمْ فِيكُمْ شُرَكَـٰٓؤُا۟ ۚ لَقَد تَّقَطَّعَ بَيْنَكُمْ وَضَلَّ عَنكُم مَّا كُنتُمْ تَزْعُمُونَ

Transliteration walaqad ji'tumūnā furādā kamā khalaqnākum awwala marratin wataraktum mā khawwalnākum warāa ẓuhūrikum wamā narā maʿakum shufaʿāakumu alladhīna zaʿamtum annahum fīkum shurakāu laqad taqaṭṭaʿa baynakum waḍalla ʿankum mā kuntum tazʿumūna

English [It will be said to them], "And you have certainly come to Us alone [i.e., individually] as We created you the first time, and you have left whatever We bestowed upon you behind you. And We do not see with you your 'intercessors' which you claimed that they were among you associates [of Allāh]. It has [all] been severed between you, and lost from you is what you used to claim."

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. جِئْتُمُونَاji'tumūnāyou have come to Us
  3. فُرَٰدَىٰfurādāalone
  4. كَمَاkamāas
  5. خَلَقْنَـٰكُمْkhalaqnākumWe created you
  6. أَوَّلَawwala(the) first
  7. مَرَّةٍۢmarratintime
  8. وَتَرَكْتُمwataraktumand you have left
  9. مَّاmāwhatever
  10. خَوَّلْنَـٰكُمْkhawwalnākumWe bestowed (on) you
  11. وَرَآءَwarāabehind
  12. ظُهُورِكُمْ ۖẓuhūrikumyour backs
  13. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  14. نَرَىٰnarāWe see
  15. مَعَكُمْmaʿakumwith you
  16. شُفَعَآءَكُمُshufaʿāakumuyour intercessors
  17. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose whom
  18. زَعَمْتُمْzaʿamtumyou claimed
  19. أَنَّهُمْannahumthat they (were)
  20. فِيكُمْfīkumin your (matters)
  21. شُرَكَـٰٓؤُا۟ ۚshurakāupartners (with Allah)
  22. لَقَدlaqadIndeed
  23. تَّقَطَّعَtaqaṭṭaʿahave been severed (bonds)
  24. بَيْنَكُمْbaynakumbetween you
  25. وَضَلَّwaḍallaand is lost
  26. عَنكُمʿankumfrom you
  27. مَّاmāwhat
  28. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  29. تَزْعُمُونَtazʿumūnaclaim

Verse 95

۞ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ فَالِقُ ٱلْحَبِّ وَٱلنَّوَىٰ ۖ يُخْرِجُ ٱلْحَىَّ مِنَ ٱلْمَيِّتِ وَمُخْرِجُ ٱلْمَيِّتِ مِنَ ٱلْحَىِّ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمُ ٱللَّهُ ۖ فَأَنَّىٰ تُؤْفَكُونَ

Transliteration inna l-laha fāliqu l-ḥabi wal-nawā yukh'riju l-ḥaya mina l-mayiti wamukh'riju l-mayiti mina l-ḥayi dhālikumu l-lahu fa-annā tu'fakūna

English Indeed, Allāh is the cleaver of grain and date seeds. He brings the living out of the dead and brings the dead out of the living. That is Allāh; so how are you deluded?

  1. ۞ إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  3. فَالِقُfāliqu(is the) Cleaver
  4. ٱلْحَبِّl-ḥabi(of) the grain
  5. وَٱلنَّوَىٰ ۖwal-nawāand the date-seed
  6. يُخْرِجُyukh'rijuHe brings forth
  7. ٱلْحَىَّl-ḥayathe living
  8. مِنَminafrom
  9. ٱلْمَيِّتِl-mayitithe dead
  10. وَمُخْرِجُwamukh'rijuand brings forth
  11. ٱلْمَيِّتِl-mayitithe dead
  12. مِنَminafrom
  13. ٱلْحَىِّ ۚl-ḥayithe living
  14. ذَٰلِكُمُdhālikumuThat
  15. ٱللَّهُ ۖl-lahu(is) Allah
  16. فَأَنَّىٰfa-annāso how
  17. تُؤْفَكُونَtu'fakūnaare you deluded

Verse 96

فَالِقُ ٱلْإِصْبَاحِ وَجَعَلَ ٱلَّيْلَ سَكَنًا وَٱلشَّمْسَ وَٱلْقَمَرَ حُسْبَانًا ۚ ذَٰلِكَ تَقْدِيرُ ٱلْعَزِيزِ ٱلْعَلِيمِ

Transliteration fāliqu l-iṣ'bāḥi wajaʿala al-layla sakanan wal-shamsa wal-qamara ḥus'bānan dhālika taqdīru l-ʿazīzi l-ʿalīmi

English [He is] the cleaver of daybreak and has made the night for rest and the sun and moon for calculation. That is the determination of the Exalted in Might, the Knowing.

  1. فَالِقُfāliqu(He is the) Cleaver
  2. ٱلْإِصْبَاحِl-iṣ'bāḥi(of) the daybreak
  3. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaand He has made
  4. ٱلَّيْلَal-laylathe night
  5. سَكَنًۭاsakanan(for) rest
  6. وَٱلشَّمْسَwal-shamsaand the sun
  7. وَٱلْقَمَرَwal-qamaraand the moon
  8. حُسْبَانًۭا ۚḥus'bānan(for) reckoning
  9. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  10. تَقْدِيرُtaqdīru(is the) ordaining
  11. ٱلْعَزِيزِl-ʿazīzi(of) the All-Mighty
  12. ٱلْعَلِيمِl-ʿalīmithe All-Knowing

Verse 97

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ لَكُمُ ٱلنُّجُومَ لِتَهْتَدُوا۟ بِهَا فِى ظُلُمَـٰتِ ٱلْبَرِّ وَٱلْبَحْرِ ۗ قَدْ فَصَّلْنَا ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī jaʿala lakumu l-nujūma litahtadū bihā fī ẓulumāti l-bari wal-baḥri qad faṣṣalnā l-āyāti liqawmin yaʿlamūna

English And it is He who placed for you the stars that you may be guided by them through the darknesses of the land and sea. We have detailed the signs for a people who know.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. جَعَلَjaʿalamade
  4. لَكُمُlakumufor you
  5. ٱلنُّجُومَl-nujūmathe stars
  6. لِتَهْتَدُوا۟litahtadūthat you may guide yourselves
  7. بِهَاbihāwith them
  8. فِىfīin
  9. ظُلُمَـٰتِẓulumātithe darkness[es]
  10. ٱلْبَرِّl-bari(of) the land
  11. وَٱلْبَحْرِ ۗwal-baḥriand the sea
  12. قَدْqadCertainly
  13. فَصَّلْنَاfaṣṣalnāWe have made clear
  14. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Signs
  15. لِقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  16. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūna(who) know

Verse 98

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنشَأَكُم مِّن نَّفْسٍ وَٰحِدَةٍ فَمُسْتَقَرٌّ وَمُسْتَوْدَعٌ ۗ قَدْ فَصَّلْنَا ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يَفْقَهُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī ansha-akum min nafsin wāḥidatin famus'taqarrun wamus'tawdaʿun qad faṣṣalnā l-āyāti liqawmin yafqahūna

English And it is He who produced you from one soul and [gave you] a place of dwelling and of storage. We have detailed the signs for a people who understand.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. أَنشَأَكُمansha-akum(has) produced you
  4. مِّنminfrom
  5. نَّفْسٍۢnafsina soul
  6. وَٰحِدَةٍۢwāḥidatinsingle
  7. فَمُسْتَقَرٌّۭfamus'taqarrunso (there is) a place of dwelling
  8. وَمُسْتَوْدَعٌۭ ۗwamus'tawdaʿunand a resting place
  9. قَدْqadCertainly
  10. فَصَّلْنَاfaṣṣalnāWe have made clear
  11. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Signs
  12. لِقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  13. يَفْقَهُونَyafqahūna(who) understand

Verse 99

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنزَلَ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَآءً فَأَخْرَجْنَا بِهِۦ نَبَاتَ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ فَأَخْرَجْنَا مِنْهُ خَضِرًا نُّخْرِجُ مِنْهُ حَبًّا مُّتَرَاكِبًا وَمِنَ ٱلنَّخْلِ مِن طَلْعِهَا قِنْوَانٌ دَانِيَةٌ وَجَنَّـٰتٍ مِّنْ أَعْنَابٍ وَٱلزَّيْتُونَ وَٱلرُّمَّانَ مُشْتَبِهًا وَغَيْرَ مُتَشَـٰبِهٍ ۗ ٱنظُرُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ ثَمَرِهِۦٓ إِذَآ أَثْمَرَ وَيَنْعِهِۦٓ ۚ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكُمْ لَـَٔايَـٰتٍ لِّقَوْمٍ يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī anzala mina l-samāi māan fa-akhrajnā bihi nabāta kulli shayin fa-akhrajnā min'hu khaḍiran nukh'riju min'hu ḥabban mutarākiban wamina l-nakhli min ṭalʿihā qin'wānun dāniyatun wajannātin min aʿnābin wal-zaytūna wal-rumāna mush'tabihan waghayra mutashābihin unẓurū ilā thamarihi idhā athmara wayanʿihi inna fī dhālikum laāyātin liqawmin yu'minūna

English And it is He who sends down rain from the sky, and We produce thereby the growth of all things. We produce from it greenery from which We produce grains arranged in layers. And from the palm trees - of its emerging fruit are clusters hanging low. And [We produce] gardens of grapevines and olives and pomegranates, similar yet varied. Look at [each of] its fruit when it yields and [at] its ripening. Indeed in that are signs for a people who believe.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. أَنزَلَanzalasends down
  4. مِنَminafrom
  5. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  6. مَآءًۭmāanwater
  7. فَأَخْرَجْنَاfa-akhrajnāthen We bring forth
  8. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  9. نَبَاتَnabātavegetation
  10. كُلِّkulli(of) every
  11. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  12. فَأَخْرَجْنَاfa-akhrajnāThen We bring forth
  13. مِنْهُmin'hufrom it
  14. خَضِرًۭاkhaḍirangreen plant
  15. نُّخْرِجُnukh'rijuWe bring forth
  16. مِنْهُmin'hufrom it
  17. حَبًّۭاḥabbangrain
  18. مُّتَرَاكِبًۭاmutarākibanthick clustered
  19. وَمِنَwaminaAnd from
  20. ٱلنَّخْلِl-nakhlithe date-palm
  21. مِنminfrom
  22. طَلْعِهَاṭalʿihāits spathe
  23. قِنْوَانٌۭqin'wānunclusters of dates
  24. دَانِيَةٌۭdāniyatunhanging low
  25. وَجَنَّـٰتٍۢwajannātinAnd gardens
  26. مِّنْminof
  27. أَعْنَابٍۢaʿnābingrapes
  28. وَٱلزَّيْتُونَwal-zaytūnaand the olives
  29. وَٱلرُّمَّانَwal-rumānaand the pomegranates
  30. مُشْتَبِهًۭاmush'tabihanresembling
  31. وَغَيْرَwaghayraand not
  32. مُتَشَـٰبِهٍ ۗmutashābihinresembling
  33. ٱنظُرُوٓا۟unẓurūLook
  34. إِلَىٰilāat
  35. ثَمَرِهِۦٓthamarihiits fruit
  36. إِذَآidhāwhen
  37. أَثْمَرَathmarait bears fruit
  38. وَيَنْعِهِۦٓ ۚwayanʿihiand its ripening
  39. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  40. فِىfīin
  41. ذَٰلِكُمْdhālikumthat
  42. لَـَٔايَـٰتٍۢlaāyātin(are) signs
  43. لِّقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  44. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūna(who) believe

Verse 100

وَجَعَلُوا۟ لِلَّهِ شُرَكَآءَ ٱلْجِنَّ وَخَلَقَهُمْ ۖ وَخَرَقُوا۟ لَهُۥ بَنِينَ وَبَنَـٰتٍۭ بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ ۚ سُبْحَـٰنَهُۥ وَتَعَـٰلَىٰ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ

Transliteration wajaʿalū lillahi shurakāa l-jina wakhalaqahum wakharaqū lahu banīna wabanātin bighayri ʿil'min sub'ḥānahu wataʿālā ʿammā yaṣifūna

English But they have attributed to Allāh partners - the jinn, while He has created them - and have fabricated for Him sons and daughters without knowledge. Exalted is He and high above what they describe.

  1. وَجَعَلُوا۟wajaʿalūAnd they make
  2. لِلَّهِlillahiwith Allah
  3. شُرَكَآءَshurakāapartners
  4. ٱلْجِنَّl-jinajinn
  5. وَخَلَقَهُمْ ۖwakhalaqahumthough He has created them
  6. وَخَرَقُوا۟wakharaqūand they falsely attribute
  7. لَهُۥlahuto Him
  8. بَنِينَbanīnasons
  9. وَبَنَـٰتٍۭwabanātinand daughters
  10. بِغَيْرِbighayriwithout
  11. عِلْمٍۢ ۚʿil'minknowledge
  12. سُبْحَـٰنَهُۥsub'ḥānahuGlorified is He
  13. وَتَعَـٰلَىٰwataʿālāand Exalted
  14. عَمَّاʿammāabove what
  15. يَصِفُونَyaṣifūnathey attribute

Verse 101

بَدِيعُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ أَنَّىٰ يَكُونُ لَهُۥ وَلَدٌ وَلَمْ تَكُن لَّهُۥ صَـٰحِبَةٌ ۖ وَخَلَقَ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ ۖ وَهُوَ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration badīʿu l-samāwāti wal-arḍi annā yakūnu lahu waladun walam takun lahu ṣāḥibatun wakhalaqa kulla shayin wahuwa bikulli shayin ʿalīmun

English [He is] Originator of the heavens and the earth. How could He have a son when He does not have a companion [i.e., wife] and He created all things? And He is, of all things, Knowing.

  1. بَدِيعُbadīʿuOriginator
  2. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  3. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖwal-arḍiand the earth
  4. أَنَّىٰannāHow
  5. يَكُونُyakūnucan be
  6. لَهُۥlahufor Him
  7. وَلَدٌۭwaladuna son
  8. وَلَمْwalamwhile not
  9. تَكُنtakun(there) is
  10. لَّهُۥlahufor Him
  11. صَـٰحِبَةٌۭ ۖṣāḥibatuna companion
  12. وَخَلَقَwakhalaqaand He created
  13. كُلَّkullaevery
  14. شَىْءٍۢ ۖshayinthing
  15. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  16. بِكُلِّbikulli(is) of every
  17. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  18. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmunAll-Knower

Verse 102

ذَٰلِكُمُ ٱللَّهُ رَبُّكُمْ ۖ لَآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۖ خَـٰلِقُ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ فَٱعْبُدُوهُ ۚ وَهُوَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ وَكِيلٌ

Transliteration dhālikumu l-lahu rabbukum lā ilāha illā huwa khāliqu kulli shayin fa-uʿ'budūhu wahuwa ʿalā kulli shayin wakīlun

English That is Allāh, your Lord; there is no deity except Him, the Creator of all things, so worship Him. And He is Disposer of all things.

  1. ذَٰلِكُمُdhālikumuThat
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
  3. رَبُّكُمْ ۖrabbukumyour Lord
  4. لَآlā(there is) no
  5. إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
  6. إِلَّاillāexcept
  7. هُوَ ۖhuwaHim
  8. خَـٰلِقُkhāliqu(the) Creator
  9. كُلِّkulli(of) every
  10. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  11. فَٱعْبُدُوهُ ۚfa-uʿ'budūhuso worship Him
  12. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  13. عَلَىٰʿalā(is) on
  14. كُلِّkullievery
  15. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  16. وَكِيلٌۭwakīluna Guardian

Verse 103

لَّا تُدْرِكُهُ ٱلْأَبْصَـٰرُ وَهُوَ يُدْرِكُ ٱلْأَبْصَـٰرَ ۖ وَهُوَ ٱللَّطِيفُ ٱلْخَبِيرُ

Transliteration lā tud'rikuhu l-abṣāru wahuwa yud'riku l-abṣāra wahuwa l-laṭīfu l-khabīru

English Vision perceives Him not, but He perceives [all] vision; and He is the Subtle, the Aware.

  1. لَّاlāNot (can)
  2. تُدْرِكُهُtud'rikuhugrasp Him
  3. ٱلْأَبْصَـٰرُl-abṣāruthe visions
  4. وَهُوَwahuwabut He
  5. يُدْرِكُyud'riku(can) grasp
  6. ٱلْأَبْصَـٰرَ ۖl-abṣāra(all) the vision
  7. وَهُوَwahuwaand He (is)
  8. ٱللَّطِيفُl-laṭīfuthe All-Subtle
  9. ٱلْخَبِيرُl-khabīruthe All-Aware

Verse 104

قَدْ جَآءَكُم بَصَآئِرُ مِن رَّبِّكُمْ ۖ فَمَنْ أَبْصَرَ فَلِنَفْسِهِۦ ۖ وَمَنْ عَمِىَ فَعَلَيْهَا ۚ وَمَآ أَنَا۠ عَلَيْكُم بِحَفِيظٍ

Transliteration qad jāakum baṣāiru min rabbikum faman abṣara falinafsihi waman ʿamiya faʿalayhā wamā anā ʿalaykum biḥafīẓin

English There has come to you enlightenment from your Lord. So whoever will see does so for [the benefit of] his soul, and whoever is blind [does harm] against it. And [say], "I am not a guardian over you."

  1. قَدْqadVerily
  2. جَآءَكُمjāakumhas come to you
  3. بَصَآئِرُbaṣāiruenlightenment
  4. مِنminfrom
  5. رَّبِّكُمْ ۖrabbikumyour Lord
  6. فَمَنْfamanThen whoever
  7. أَبْصَرَabṣarasees
  8. فَلِنَفْسِهِۦ ۖfalinafsihithen (it is) for his soul
  9. وَمَنْwamanand whoever
  10. عَمِىَʿamiya(is) blind
  11. فَعَلَيْهَا ۚfaʿalayhāthen (it is) against himself
  12. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  13. أَنَا۠anā(am) I
  14. عَلَيْكُمʿalaykumover you
  15. بِحَفِيظٍۢbiḥafīẓina guardian

Verse 105

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُصَرِّفُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ وَلِيَقُولُوا۟ دَرَسْتَ وَلِنُبَيِّنَهُۥ لِقَوْمٍ يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration wakadhālika nuṣarrifu l-āyāti waliyaqūlū darasta walinubayyinahu liqawmin yaʿlamūna

English And thus do We diversify the verses so they [i.e., the disbelievers] will say, "You have studied," and so We may make it [i.e., the Qur’ān] clear for a people who know.

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. نُصَرِّفُnuṣarrifuWe explain
  3. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Signs
  4. وَلِيَقُولُوا۟waliyaqūlūthat they (may) say
  5. دَرَسْتَdarastaYou have studied
  6. وَلِنُبَيِّنَهُۥwalinubayyinahuand that We (may) make it clear
  7. لِقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  8. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnawho know

Verse 106

ٱتَّبِعْ مَآ أُوحِىَ إِلَيْكَ مِن رَّبِّكَ ۖ لَآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۖ وَأَعْرِضْ عَنِ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ

Transliteration ittabiʿ mā ūḥiya ilayka min rabbika lā ilāha illā huwa wa-aʿriḍ ʿani l-mush'rikīna

English Follow, [O Muḥammad], what has been revealed to you from your Lord - there is no deity except Him - and turn away from those who associate others with Allāh.

  1. ٱتَّبِعْittabiʿFollow
  2. مَآmāwhat
  3. أُوحِىَūḥiyahas been inspired
  4. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  5. مِنminfrom
  6. رَّبِّكَ ۖrabbikayour Lord
  7. لَآlā(there is) no
  8. إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
  9. إِلَّاillāexcept
  10. هُوَ ۖhuwaHim
  11. وَأَعْرِضْwa-aʿriḍand turn away
  12. عَنِʿanifrom
  13. ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَl-mush'rikīnathe polytheists

Verse 107

وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مَآ أَشْرَكُوا۟ ۗ وَمَا جَعَلْنَـٰكَ عَلَيْهِمْ حَفِيظًا ۖ وَمَآ أَنتَ عَلَيْهِم بِوَكِيلٍ

Transliteration walaw shāa l-lahu mā ashrakū wamā jaʿalnāka ʿalayhim ḥafīẓan wamā anta ʿalayhim biwakīlin

English But if Allāh had willed, they would not have associated. And We have not appointed you over them as a guardian, nor are you a manager over them.

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. شَآءَshāa(had) willed
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  4. مَآmānot (they would have)
  5. أَشْرَكُوا۟ ۗashrakūassociated partners (with Him)
  6. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  7. جَعَلْنَـٰكَjaʿalnākaWe have made you
  8. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimover them
  9. حَفِيظًۭا ۖḥafīẓana guardian
  10. وَمَآwamāand not
  11. أَنتَantayou
  12. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhim(are) over them
  13. بِوَكِيلٍۢbiwakīlina manager

Verse 108

وَلَا تَسُبُّوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ يَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ فَيَسُبُّوا۟ ٱللَّهَ عَدْوًۢا بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ ۗ كَذَٰلِكَ زَيَّنَّا لِكُلِّ أُمَّةٍ عَمَلَهُمْ ثُمَّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِم مَّرْجِعُهُمْ فَيُنَبِّئُهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration walā tasubbū alladhīna yadʿūna min dūni l-lahi fayasubbū l-laha ʿadwan bighayri ʿil'min kadhālika zayyannā likulli ummatin ʿamalahum thumma ilā rabbihim marjiʿuhum fayunabbi-uhum bimā kānū yaʿmalūna

English And do not insult those they invoke other than Allāh, lest they insult Allāh in enmity without knowledge. Thus We have made pleasing to every community their deeds. Then to their Lord is their return, and He will inform them about what they used to do.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَسُبُّوا۟tasubbūinsult
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose whom
  4. يَدْعُونَyadʿūnathey invoke
  5. مِنminfrom
  6. دُونِdūniother than
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  8. فَيَسُبُّوا۟fayasubbūlest they insult
  9. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  10. عَدْوًۢاʿadwan(in) enmity
  11. بِغَيْرِbighayriwithout
  12. عِلْمٍۢ ۗʿil'minknowledge
  13. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  14. زَيَّنَّاzayyannāWe have made fair-seeming
  15. لِكُلِّlikullito every
  16. أُمَّةٍummatincommunity
  17. عَمَلَهُمْʿamalahumtheir deed
  18. ثُمَّthummaThen
  19. إِلَىٰilāto
  20. رَبِّهِمrabbihimtheir Lord
  21. مَّرْجِعُهُمْmarjiʿuhum(is) their return
  22. فَيُنَبِّئُهُمfayunabbi-uhumthen He will inform them
  23. بِمَاbimāabout what
  24. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  25. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado

Verse 109

وَأَقْسَمُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ جَهْدَ أَيْمَـٰنِهِمْ لَئِن جَآءَتْهُمْ ءَايَةٌ لَّيُؤْمِنُنَّ بِهَا ۚ قُلْ إِنَّمَا ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتُ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَمَا يُشْعِرُكُمْ أَنَّهَآ إِذَا جَآءَتْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration wa-aqsamū bil-lahi jahda aymānihim la-in jāathum āyatun layu'minunna bihā qul innamā l-āyātu ʿinda l-lahi wamā yush'ʿirukum annahā idhā jāat lā yu'minūna

English And they swear by Allāh their strongest oaths that if a sign came to them, they would surely believe in it. Say, "The signs are only with [i.e., from] Allāh." And what will make you perceive that even if it [i.e., a sign] came, they would not believe.

  1. وَأَقْسَمُوا۟wa-aqsamūAnd they swear
  2. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiby Allah
  3. جَهْدَjahdastrongest
  4. أَيْمَـٰنِهِمْaymānihim(of) their oaths
  5. لَئِنla-inthat if
  6. جَآءَتْهُمْjāathumcame to them
  7. ءَايَةٌۭāyatuna sign
  8. لَّيُؤْمِنُنَّlayu'minunnathey would surely believe
  9. بِهَا ۚbihāin it
  10. قُلْqulSay
  11. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  12. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتُl-āyātuthe signs
  13. عِندَʿinda(are) with
  14. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahiAllah
  15. وَمَاwamāAnd what
  16. يُشْعِرُكُمْyush'ʿirukumwill make you perceive
  17. أَنَّهَآannahāthat [it]
  18. إِذَاidhāwhen
  19. جَآءَتْjāatit comes
  20. لَاlānot
  21. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnathey will believe

Verse 110

وَنُقَلِّبُ أَفْـِٔدَتَهُمْ وَأَبْصَـٰرَهُمْ كَمَا لَمْ يُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِهِۦٓ أَوَّلَ مَرَّةٍ وَنَذَرُهُمْ فِى طُغْيَـٰنِهِمْ يَعْمَهُونَ

Transliteration wanuqallibu afidatahum wa-abṣārahum kamā lam yu'minū bihi awwala marratin wanadharuhum fī ṭugh'yānihim yaʿmahūna

English And We will turn away their hearts and their eyes just as they refused to believe in it [i.e., the revelation] the first time. And We will leave them in their transgression, wandering blindly.

  1. وَنُقَلِّبُwanuqallibuAnd We will turn
  2. أَفْـِٔدَتَهُمْafidatahumtheir hearts
  3. وَأَبْصَـٰرَهُمْwa-abṣārahumand their sights
  4. كَمَاkamā(just) as
  5. لَمْlamnot
  6. يُؤْمِنُوا۟yu'minūthey believe
  7. بِهِۦٓbihiin it
  8. أَوَّلَawwala(the) first
  9. مَرَّةٍۢmarratintime
  10. وَنَذَرُهُمْwanadharuhumAnd We will leave them
  11. فِىfīin
  12. طُغْيَـٰنِهِمْṭugh'yānihimtheir transgression
  13. يَعْمَهُونَyaʿmahūnawandering blindly

Verse 111

۞ وَلَوْ أَنَّنَا نَزَّلْنَآ إِلَيْهِمُ ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةَ وَكَلَّمَهُمُ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ وَحَشَرْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ قُبُلًا مَّا كَانُوا۟ لِيُؤْمِنُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ أَن يَشَآءَ ٱللَّهُ وَلَـٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ يَجْهَلُونَ

Transliteration walaw annanā nazzalnā ilayhimu l-malāikata wakallamahumu l-mawtā waḥasharnā ʿalayhim kulla shayin qubulan mā kānū liyu'minū illā an yashāa l-lahu walākinna aktharahum yajhalūna

English And even if We had sent down to them the angels [with the message] and the dead spoke to them [of it] and We gathered together every [created] thing in front of them, they would not believe unless Allāh should will. But most of them, [of that], are ignorant.

  1. ۞ وَلَوْwalawAnd (even) if
  2. أَنَّنَاannanā[that] We (had)
  3. نَزَّلْنَآnazzalnā[We] sent down
  4. إِلَيْهِمُilayhimuto them
  5. ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةَl-malāikatathe Angels
  6. وَكَلَّمَهُمُwakallamahumuand spoken to them
  7. ٱلْمَوْتَىٰl-mawtāthe dead
  8. وَحَشَرْنَاwaḥasharnāand We gathered
  9. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimbefore them
  10. كُلَّkullaevery
  11. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  12. قُبُلًۭاqubulanface to face
  13. مَّاmānot
  14. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  15. لِيُؤْمِنُوٓا۟liyu'minūto believe
  16. إِلَّآillāunless
  17. أَنan[that]
  18. يَشَآءَyashāawills
  19. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  20. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnaBut
  21. أَكْثَرَهُمْaktharahummost of them
  22. يَجْهَلُونَyajhalūna(are) ignorant

Verse 112

وَكَذَٰلِكَ جَعَلْنَا لِكُلِّ نَبِىٍّ عَدُوًّا شَيَـٰطِينَ ٱلْإِنسِ وَٱلْجِنِّ يُوحِى بَعْضُهُمْ إِلَىٰ بَعْضٍ زُخْرُفَ ٱلْقَوْلِ غُرُورًا ۚ وَلَوْ شَآءَ رَبُّكَ مَا فَعَلُوهُ ۖ فَذَرْهُمْ وَمَا يَفْتَرُونَ

Transliteration wakadhālika jaʿalnā likulli nabiyyin ʿaduwwan shayāṭīna l-insi wal-jini yūḥī baʿḍuhum ilā baʿḍin zukh'rufa l-qawli ghurūran walaw shāa rabbuka mā faʿalūhu fadharhum wamā yaftarūna

English And thus We have made for every prophet an enemy - devils from mankind and jinn, inspiring to one another decorative speech in delusion. But if your Lord had willed, they would not have done it, so leave them and that which they invent.

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnāWe made
  3. لِكُلِّlikullifor every
  4. نَبِىٍّnabiyyinProphet
  5. عَدُوًّۭاʿaduwwanan enemy
  6. شَيَـٰطِينَshayāṭīnadevils
  7. ٱلْإِنسِl-insi(from) the mankind
  8. وَٱلْجِنِّwal-jiniand the jinn
  9. يُوحِىyūḥīinspiring
  10. بَعْضُهُمْbaʿḍuhumsome of them
  11. إِلَىٰilāto
  12. بَعْضٍۢbaʿḍinothers
  13. زُخْرُفَzukh'rufa(with) decorative
  14. ٱلْقَوْلِl-qawli[the] speech
  15. غُرُورًۭا ۚghurūran(in) deception
  16. وَلَوْwalawBut if
  17. شَآءَshāa(had) willed
  18. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  19. مَاmānot
  20. فَعَلُوهُ ۖfaʿalūhuthey (would) have done it
  21. فَذَرْهُمْfadharhumso leave them
  22. وَمَاwamāand what
  23. يَفْتَرُونَyaftarūnathey invent

Verse 113

وَلِتَصْغَىٰٓ إِلَيْهِ أَفْـِٔدَةُ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَلِيَرْضَوْهُ وَلِيَقْتَرِفُوا۟ مَا هُم مُّقْتَرِفُونَ

Transliteration walitaṣghā ilayhi afidatu alladhīna lā yu'minūna bil-ākhirati waliyarḍawhu waliyaqtarifū mā hum muq'tarifūna

English And [it is] so the hearts of those who disbelieve in the Hereafter will incline toward it [i.e., deceptive speech] and that they will be satisfied with it and that they will commit that which they are committing.

  1. وَلِتَصْغَىٰٓwalitaṣghāAnd so that incline
  2. إِلَيْهِilayhito it
  3. أَفْـِٔدَةُafidatuhearts
  4. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
  5. لَاlā(do) not
  6. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve
  7. بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِbil-ākhiratiin the Hereafter
  8. وَلِيَرْضَوْهُwaliyarḍawhuand so that they may be pleased with it
  9. وَلِيَقْتَرِفُوا۟waliyaqtarifūand so that they may commit
  10. مَاmāwhat
  11. هُمhumthey
  12. مُّقْتَرِفُونَmuq'tarifūna(are) committing

Verse 114

أَفَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ أَبْتَغِى حَكَمًا وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنزَلَ إِلَيْكُمُ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ مُفَصَّلًا ۚ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمُ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ يَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّهُۥ مُنَزَّلٌ مِّن رَّبِّكَ بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖ فَلَا تَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْمُمْتَرِينَ

Transliteration afaghayra l-lahi abtaghī ḥakaman wahuwa alladhī anzala ilaykumu l-kitāba mufaṣṣalan wa-alladhīna ātaynāhumu l-kitāba yaʿlamūna annahu munazzalun min rabbika bil-ḥaqi falā takūnanna mina l-mum'tarīna

English [Say], "Then is it other than Allāh I should seek as judge while it is He who has revealed to you the Book [i.e., the Qur’ān] explained in detail?" And those to whom We [previously] gave the Scripture know that it is sent down from your Lord in truth, so never be among the doubters.

  1. أَفَغَيْرَafaghayraThen is (it) other than
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  3. أَبْتَغِىabtaghīI seek
  4. حَكَمًۭاḥakaman(as) judge
  5. وَهُوَwahuwawhile He
  6. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(is) the One Who
  7. أَنزَلَanzalahas revealed
  8. إِلَيْكُمُilaykumuto you
  9. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  10. مُفَصَّلًۭا ۚmufaṣṣalanexplained in detail
  11. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those (to) whom
  12. ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمُātaynāhumuWe gave them
  13. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  14. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnathey know
  15. أَنَّهُۥannahuthat it
  16. مُنَزَّلٌۭmunazzalun(is) sent down
  17. مِّنminfrom
  18. رَّبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  19. بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖbil-ḥaqiin truth
  20. فَلَاfalāso (do) not
  21. تَكُونَنَّtakūnannabe
  22. مِنَminaamong
  23. ٱلْمُمْتَرِينَl-mum'tarīnathe ones who doubt

Verse 115

وَتَمَّتْ كَلِمَتُ رَبِّكَ صِدْقًا وَعَدْلًا ۚ لَّا مُبَدِّلَ لِكَلِمَـٰتِهِۦ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ

Transliteration watammat kalimatu rabbika ṣid'qan waʿadlan lā mubaddila likalimātihi wahuwa l-samīʿu l-ʿalīmu

English And the word of your Lord has been fulfilled in truth and in justice. None can alter His words, and He is the Hearing, the Knowing.

  1. وَتَمَّتْwatammatAnd (has been) fulfilled
  2. كَلِمَتُkalimatu(the) word
  3. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  4. صِدْقًۭاṣid'qan(in) truth
  5. وَعَدْلًۭا ۚwaʿadlanand justice
  6. لَّاlāNo
  7. مُبَدِّلَmubaddilaone can change
  8. لِكَلِمَـٰتِهِۦ ۚlikalimātihiHis words
  9. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  10. ٱلسَّمِيعُl-samīʿu(is) the All-Hearer
  11. ٱلْعَلِيمُl-ʿalīmuthe All-Knower

Verse 116

وَإِن تُطِعْ أَكْثَرَ مَن فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ يُضِلُّوكَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ إِن يَتَّبِعُونَ إِلَّا ٱلظَّنَّ وَإِنْ هُمْ إِلَّا يَخْرُصُونَ

Transliteration wa-in tuṭiʿ akthara man fī l-arḍi yuḍillūka ʿan sabīli l-lahi in yattabiʿūna illā l-ẓana wa-in hum illā yakhruṣūna

English And if you obey most of those upon the earth, they will mislead you from the way of Allāh. They follow not except assumption, and they are not but misjudging.

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  2. تُطِعْtuṭiʿyou obey
  3. أَكْثَرَaktharamost
  4. مَنmanof
  5. فِىfī(those) in
  6. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  7. يُضِلُّوكَyuḍillūkathey will mislead you
  8. عَنʿanfrom
  9. سَبِيلِsabīli(the) way
  10. ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahi(of) Allah
  11. إِنinNot
  12. يَتَّبِعُونَyattabiʿūnathey follow
  13. إِلَّاillāexcept
  14. ٱلظَّنَّl-ẓana[the] assumption
  15. وَإِنْwa-inand not
  16. هُمْhumthey (do)
  17. إِلَّاillāexcept
  18. يَخْرُصُونَyakhruṣūnaguess

Verse 117

إِنَّ رَبَّكَ هُوَ أَعْلَمُ مَن يَضِلُّ عَن سَبِيلِهِۦ ۖ وَهُوَ أَعْلَمُ بِٱلْمُهْتَدِينَ

Transliteration inna rabbaka huwa aʿlamu man yaḍillu ʿan sabīlihi wahuwa aʿlamu bil-muh'tadīna

English Indeed, your Lord is most knowing of who strays from His way, and He is most knowing of the [rightly] guided.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  3. هُوَhuwaHe
  4. أَعْلَمُaʿlamuknows best
  5. مَنmanwho
  6. يَضِلُّyaḍillustrays
  7. عَنʿanfrom
  8. سَبِيلِهِۦ ۖsabīlihiHis way
  9. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  10. أَعْلَمُaʿlamu(is) most knowing
  11. بِٱلْمُهْتَدِينَbil-muh'tadīnaof the guided-ones

Verse 118

فَكُلُوا۟ مِمَّا ذُكِرَ ٱسْمُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ إِن كُنتُم بِـَٔايَـٰتِهِۦ مُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration fakulū mimmā dhukira us'mu l-lahi ʿalayhi in kuntum biāyātihi mu'minīna

English So eat of that [meat] upon which the name of Allāh has been mentioned, if you are believers in His verses [i.e., revealed law].

  1. فَكُلُوا۟fakulūSo eat
  2. مِمَّاmimmāof what
  3. ذُكِرَdhukira(is) mentioned
  4. ٱسْمُus'mu(the) name
  5. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  6. عَلَيْهِʿalayhion it
  7. إِنinif
  8. كُنتُمkuntumyou are
  9. بِـَٔايَـٰتِهِۦbiāyātihiin His Verses
  10. مُؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers

Verse 119

وَمَا لَكُمْ أَلَّا تَأْكُلُوا۟ مِمَّا ذُكِرَ ٱسْمُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ وَقَدْ فَصَّلَ لَكُم مَّا حَرَّمَ عَلَيْكُمْ إِلَّا مَا ٱضْطُرِرْتُمْ إِلَيْهِ ۗ وَإِنَّ كَثِيرًا لَّيُضِلُّونَ بِأَهْوَآئِهِم بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ هُوَ أَعْلَمُ بِٱلْمُعْتَدِينَ

Transliteration wamā lakum allā takulū mimmā dhukira us'mu l-lahi ʿalayhi waqad faṣṣala lakum mā ḥarrama ʿalaykum illā mā uḍ'ṭurir'tum ilayhi wa-inna kathīran layuḍillūna bi-ahwāihim bighayri ʿil'min inna rabbaka huwa aʿlamu bil-muʿ'tadīna

English And why should you not eat of that upon which the name of Allāh has been mentioned while He has explained in detail to you what He has forbidden you, excepting that to which you are compelled. And indeed do many lead [others] astray through their [own] inclinations without knowledge. Indeed, your Lord - He is most knowing of the transgressors.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd what
  2. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  3. أَلَّاallāthat not
  4. تَأْكُلُوا۟takulūyou eat
  5. مِمَّاmimmāof what
  6. ذُكِرَdhukirahas been mentioned
  7. ٱسْمُus'mu(the) name
  8. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  9. عَلَيْهِʿalayhion it
  10. وَقَدْwaqadwhen indeed
  11. فَصَّلَfaṣṣalaHe (has) explained in detail
  12. لَكُمlakumto you
  13. مَّاmāwhat
  14. حَرَّمَḥarramaHe (has) forbidden
  15. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumto you
  16. إِلَّاillāexcept
  17. مَاmāwhat
  18. ٱضْطُرِرْتُمْuḍ'ṭurir'tumyou are compelled
  19. إِلَيْهِ ۗilayhito it
  20. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  21. كَثِيرًۭاkathīranmany
  22. لَّيُضِلُّونَlayuḍillūnasurely lead astray
  23. بِأَهْوَآئِهِمbi-ahwāihimby their (vain) desires
  24. بِغَيْرِbighayriwithout
  25. عِلْمٍ ۗʿil'minknowledge
  26. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  27. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  28. هُوَhuwaHe
  29. أَعْلَمُaʿlamu(is) most knowing
  30. بِٱلْمُعْتَدِينَbil-muʿ'tadīnaof the transgressors

Verse 120

وَذَرُوا۟ ظَـٰهِرَ ٱلْإِثْمِ وَبَاطِنَهُۥٓ ۚ إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَكْسِبُونَ ٱلْإِثْمَ سَيُجْزَوْنَ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَقْتَرِفُونَ

Transliteration wadharū ẓāhira l-ith'mi wabāṭinahu inna alladhīna yaksibūna l-ith'ma sayuj'zawna bimā kānū yaqtarifūna

English And leave [i.e., desist from] what is apparent of sin and what is concealed thereof. Indeed, those who earn [blame for] sin will be recompensed for that which they used to commit.

  1. وَذَرُوا۟wadharūForsake
  2. ظَـٰهِرَẓāhiraopen
  3. ٱلْإِثْمِl-ith'mi[the] sins
  4. وَبَاطِنَهُۥٓ ۚwabāṭinahuand the secret
  5. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  6. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  7. يَكْسِبُونَyaksibūnaearn
  8. ٱلْإِثْمَl-ith'ma[the] sin
  9. سَيُجْزَوْنَsayuj'zawnathey will be recompensed
  10. بِمَاbimāfor what
  11. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  12. يَقْتَرِفُونَyaqtarifūnacommit

Verse 121

وَلَا تَأْكُلُوا۟ مِمَّا لَمْ يُذْكَرِ ٱسْمُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ وَإِنَّهُۥ لَفِسْقٌ ۗ وَإِنَّ ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَ لَيُوحُونَ إِلَىٰٓ أَوْلِيَآئِهِمْ لِيُجَـٰدِلُوكُمْ ۖ وَإِنْ أَطَعْتُمُوهُمْ إِنَّكُمْ لَمُشْرِكُونَ

Transliteration walā takulū mimmā lam yudh'kari us'mu l-lahi ʿalayhi wa-innahu lafis'qun wa-inna l-shayāṭīna layūḥūna ilā awliyāihim liyujādilūkum wa-in aṭaʿtumūhum innakum lamush'rikūna

English And do not eat of that upon which the name of Allāh has not been mentioned, for indeed, it is grave disobedience. And indeed do the devils inspire their allies [among men] to dispute with you. And if you were to obey them, indeed, you would be associators [of others with Him].

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَأْكُلُوا۟takulūeat
  3. مِمَّاmimmāof that
  4. لَمْlamnot
  5. يُذْكَرِyudh'karihas been mentioned
  6. ٱسْمُus'mu(the) name
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  8. عَلَيْهِʿalayhion it
  9. وَإِنَّهُۥwa-innahuand indeed, it (is)
  10. لَفِسْقٌۭ ۗlafis'qungrave disobedience
  11. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  12. ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَl-shayāṭīnathe devils
  13. لَيُوحُونَlayūḥūnainspire
  14. إِلَىٰٓilāto
  15. أَوْلِيَآئِهِمْawliyāihimtheir friends
  16. لِيُجَـٰدِلُوكُمْ ۖliyujādilūkumso that they dispute with you
  17. وَإِنْwa-inand if
  18. أَطَعْتُمُوهُمْaṭaʿtumūhumyou obey them
  19. إِنَّكُمْinnakumindeed, you
  20. لَمُشْرِكُونَlamush'rikūna(would) be the polytheists

Verse 122

أَوَمَن كَانَ مَيْتًا فَأَحْيَيْنَـٰهُ وَجَعَلْنَا لَهُۥ نُورًا يَمْشِى بِهِۦ فِى ٱلنَّاسِ كَمَن مَّثَلُهُۥ فِى ٱلظُّلُمَـٰتِ لَيْسَ بِخَارِجٍ مِّنْهَا ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ زُيِّنَ لِلْكَـٰفِرِينَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration awaman kāna maytan fa-aḥyaynāhu wajaʿalnā lahu nūran yamshī bihi fī l-nāsi kaman mathaluhu fī l-ẓulumāti laysa bikhārijin min'hā kadhālika zuyyina lil'kāfirīna mā kānū yaʿmalūna

English And is one who was dead and We gave him life and made for him light by which to walk among the people like one who is in darkness, never to emerge therefrom? Thus it has been made pleasing to the disbelievers that which they were doing.

  1. أَوَمَنawamanIs (one) who
  2. كَانَkānawas
  3. مَيْتًۭاmaytandead
  4. فَأَحْيَيْنَـٰهُfa-aḥyaynāhuand We gave him life
  5. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāand We made
  6. لَهُۥlahufor him
  7. نُورًۭاnūranlight
  8. يَمْشِىyamshīhe walks
  9. بِهِۦbihiwhereby
  10. فِىfīamong
  11. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsithe people
  12. كَمَنkamanlike (one) who
  13. مَّثَلُهُۥmathaluhu[similar to him]
  14. فِىfī(is) in
  15. ٱلظُّلُمَـٰتِl-ẓulumātithe darknesses
  16. لَيْسَlaysanot
  17. بِخَارِجٍۢbikhārijinhe comes out
  18. مِّنْهَا ۚmin'hāof it
  19. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  20. زُيِّنَzuyyinais made fair-seeming
  21. لِلْكَـٰفِرِينَlil'kāfirīnato the disbelievers
  22. مَاmāwhat
  23. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  24. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnadoing

Verse 123

وَكَذَٰلِكَ جَعَلْنَا فِى كُلِّ قَرْيَةٍ أَكَـٰبِرَ مُجْرِمِيهَا لِيَمْكُرُوا۟ فِيهَا ۖ وَمَا يَمْكُرُونَ إِلَّا بِأَنفُسِهِمْ وَمَا يَشْعُرُونَ

Transliteration wakadhālika jaʿalnā fī kulli qaryatin akābira muj'rimīhā liyamkurū fīhā wamā yamkurūna illā bi-anfusihim wamā yashʿurūna

English And thus We have placed within every city the greatest of its criminals to conspire therein. But they conspire not except against themselves, and they perceive [it] not.

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnāWe placed
  3. فِىfīin
  4. كُلِّkullievery
  5. قَرْيَةٍqaryatincity
  6. أَكَـٰبِرَakābiragreatest
  7. مُجْرِمِيهَاmuj'rimīhā(of) its criminals
  8. لِيَمْكُرُوا۟liyamkurūso that they plot
  9. فِيهَا ۖfīhātherein
  10. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  11. يَمْكُرُونَyamkurūnathey plot
  12. إِلَّاillāexcept
  13. بِأَنفُسِهِمْbi-anfusihimagainst themselves
  14. وَمَاwamāand not
  15. يَشْعُرُونَyashʿurūnathey perceive

Verse 124

وَإِذَا جَآءَتْهُمْ ءَايَةٌ قَالُوا۟ لَن نُّؤْمِنَ حَتَّىٰ نُؤْتَىٰ مِثْلَ مَآ أُوتِىَ رُسُلُ ٱللَّهِ ۘ ٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ حَيْثُ يَجْعَلُ رِسَالَتَهُۥ ۗ سَيُصِيبُ ٱلَّذِينَ أَجْرَمُوا۟ صَغَارٌ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَعَذَابٌ شَدِيدٌۢ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَمْكُرُونَ

Transliteration wa-idhā jāathum āyatun qālū lan nu'mina ḥattā nu'tā mith'la mā ūtiya rusulu l-lahi l-lahu aʿlamu ḥaythu yajʿalu risālatahu sayuṣību alladhīna ajramū ṣaghārun ʿinda l-lahi waʿadhābun shadīdun bimā kānū yamkurūna

English And when a sign comes to them, they say, "Never will we believe until we are given like that which was given to the messengers of Allāh." Allāh is most knowing of where [i.e., with whom] He places His message. There will afflict those who committed crimes debasement before Allāh and severe punishment for what they used to conspire.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. جَآءَتْهُمْjāathumcomes to them
  3. ءَايَةٌۭāyatuna Sign
  4. قَالُوا۟qālūthey say
  5. لَنlanNever
  6. نُّؤْمِنَnu'minawe will believe
  7. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  8. نُؤْتَىٰnu'tāwe are given
  9. مِثْلَmith'lalike
  10. مَآmāwhat
  11. أُوتِىَūtiyawas given
  12. رُسُلُrusulu(to the) Messengers
  13. ٱللَّهِ ۘl-lahi(of) Allah
  14. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  15. أَعْلَمُaʿlamuknows best
  16. حَيْثُḥaythuwhere
  17. يَجْعَلُyajʿaluHe places
  18. رِسَالَتَهُۥ ۗrisālatahuHis Message
  19. سَيُصِيبُsayuṣībuWill afflict
  20. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  21. أَجْرَمُوا۟ajramūcommitted crimes
  22. صَغَارٌṣaghāruna humiliation
  23. عِندَʿindafrom
  24. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  25. وَعَذَابٌۭwaʿadhābunand a punishment
  26. شَدِيدٌۢshadīdunsevere
  27. بِمَاbimāfor what
  28. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  29. يَمْكُرُونَyamkurūnaplot

Verse 125

فَمَن يُرِدِ ٱللَّهُ أَن يَهْدِيَهُۥ يَشْرَحْ صَدْرَهُۥ لِلْإِسْلَـٰمِ ۖ وَمَن يُرِدْ أَن يُضِلَّهُۥ يَجْعَلْ صَدْرَهُۥ ضَيِّقًا حَرَجًا كَأَنَّمَا يَصَّعَّدُ فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يَجْعَلُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلرِّجْسَ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration faman yuridi l-lahu an yahdiyahu yashraḥ ṣadrahu lil'is'lāmi waman yurid an yuḍillahu yajʿal ṣadrahu ḍayyiqan ḥarajan ka-annamā yaṣṣaʿʿadu fī l-samāi kadhālika yajʿalu l-lahu l-rij'sa ʿalā alladhīna lā yu'minūna

English So whoever Allāh wants to guide - He expands his breast to [contain] Islām; and whoever He wants to send astray - He makes his breast tight and constricted as though he were climbing into the sky. Thus does Allāh place defilement upon those who do not believe.

  1. فَمَنfamanSo whoever
  2. يُرِدِyuridiwants
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  4. أَنanthat
  5. يَهْدِيَهُۥyahdiyahuHe guides him
  6. يَشْرَحْyashraḥHe expands
  7. صَدْرَهُۥṣadrahuhis breast
  8. لِلْإِسْلَـٰمِ ۖlil'is'lāmito Islam
  9. وَمَنwamanand whoever
  10. يُرِدْyuridHe wants
  11. أَنanthat
  12. يُضِلَّهُۥyuḍillahuHe lets him go astray
  13. يَجْعَلْyajʿalHe makes
  14. صَدْرَهُۥṣadrahuhis breast
  15. ضَيِّقًاḍayyiqantight
  16. حَرَجًۭاḥarajanand constricted
  17. كَأَنَّمَاka-annamāas though
  18. يَصَّعَّدُyaṣṣaʿʿaduhe (were) climbing
  19. فِىfīinto
  20. ٱلسَّمَآءِ ۚl-samāithe sky
  21. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  22. يَجْعَلُyajʿaluplaces
  23. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  24. ٱلرِّجْسَl-rij'sathe filth
  25. عَلَىʿalāon
  26. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  27. لَاlā(do) not
  28. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve

Verse 126

وَهَـٰذَا صِرَٰطُ رَبِّكَ مُسْتَقِيمًا ۗ قَدْ فَصَّلْنَا ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يَذَّكَّرُونَ

Transliteration wahādhā ṣirāṭu rabbika mus'taqīman qad faṣṣalnā l-āyāti liqawmin yadhakkarūna

English And this is the path of your Lord, [leading] straight. We have detailed the verses for a people who remember.

  1. وَهَـٰذَاwahādhāAnd this
  2. صِرَٰطُṣirāṭu(is the) way
  3. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  4. مُسْتَقِيمًۭا ۗmus'taqīmanstraight
  5. قَدْqadCertainly
  6. فَصَّلْنَاfaṣṣalnāWe have detailed
  7. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Verses
  8. لِقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  9. يَذَّكَّرُونَyadhakkarūnawho take heed

Verse 127

۞ لَهُمْ دَارُ ٱلسَّلَـٰمِ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ ۖ وَهُوَ وَلِيُّهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration lahum dāru l-salāmi ʿinda rabbihim wahuwa waliyyuhum bimā kānū yaʿmalūna

English For them will be the Home of Peace [i.e., Paradise] with their Lord. And He will be their protecting friend because of what they used to do.

  1. ۞ لَهُمْlahumFor them
  2. دَارُdāru(will be) home
  3. ٱلسَّلَـٰمِl-salāmi(of) [the] peace
  4. عِندَʿindawith
  5. رَبِّهِمْ ۖrabbihimtheir Lord
  6. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  7. وَلِيُّهُمwaliyyuhum(will be) their protecting friend
  8. بِمَاbimābecause
  9. كَانُوا۟kānū(of what) they used to
  10. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado

Verse 128

وَيَوْمَ يَحْشُرُهُمْ جَمِيعًا يَـٰمَعْشَرَ ٱلْجِنِّ قَدِ ٱسْتَكْثَرْتُم مِّنَ ٱلْإِنسِ ۖ وَقَالَ أَوْلِيَآؤُهُم مِّنَ ٱلْإِنسِ رَبَّنَا ٱسْتَمْتَعَ بَعْضُنَا بِبَعْضٍ وَبَلَغْنَآ أَجَلَنَا ٱلَّذِىٓ أَجَّلْتَ لَنَا ۚ قَالَ ٱلنَّارُ مَثْوَىٰكُمْ خَـٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ إِلَّا مَا شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ حَكِيمٌ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration wayawma yaḥshuruhum jamīʿan yāmaʿshara l-jini qadi is'takthartum mina l-insi waqāla awliyāuhum mina l-insi rabbanā is'tamtaʿa baʿḍunā bibaʿḍin wabalaghnā ajalanā alladhī ajjalta lanā qāla l-nāru mathwākum khālidīna fīhā illā mā shāa l-lahu inna rabbaka ḥakīmun ʿalīmun

English And [mention, O Muḥammad], the Day when He will gather them together [and say], "O company of jinn, you have [misled] many of mankind." And their allies among mankind will say, "Our Lord, some of us made use of others, and we have [now] reached our term which You appointed for us." He will say, "The Fire is your residence, wherein you will abide eternally, except for what Allāh wills. Indeed, your Lord is Wise and Knowing."

  1. وَيَوْمَwayawmaAnd (the) Day
  2. يَحْشُرُهُمْyaḥshuruhumHe will gather them
  3. جَمِيعًۭاjamīʿanall
  4. يَـٰمَعْشَرَyāmaʿshara(and will say), "O assembly
  5. ٱلْجِنِّl-jini(of) [the] jinn
  6. قَدِqadiCertainly
  7. ٱسْتَكْثَرْتُمis'takthartumyou have (misled) many
  8. مِّنَminaof
  9. ٱلْإِنسِ ۖl-insithe mankind
  10. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd will say
  11. أَوْلِيَآؤُهُمawliyāuhumtheir friends
  12. مِّنَminaamong
  13. ٱلْإِنسِl-insithe men
  14. رَبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
  15. ٱسْتَمْتَعَis'tamtaʿaprofited
  16. بَعْضُنَاbaʿḍunāsome of us
  17. بِبَعْضٍۢbibaʿḍinby others
  18. وَبَلَغْنَآwabalaghnāand we have reached
  19. أَجَلَنَاajalanāour term
  20. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhīwhich
  21. أَجَّلْتَajjaltaYou appointed
  22. لَنَا ۚlanāfor us
  23. قَالَqālaHe will say
  24. ٱلنَّارُl-nāruThe Fire
  25. مَثْوَىٰكُمْmathwākum(is) your abode
  26. خَـٰلِدِينَkhālidīnawill abide forever
  27. فِيهَآfīhāin it
  28. إِلَّاillāexcept
  29. مَاmā(for) what
  30. شَآءَshāawills
  31. ٱللَّهُ ۗl-lahuAllah
  32. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  33. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  34. حَكِيمٌḥakīmun(is) All-Wise
  35. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmunAll-Knowing

Verse 129

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُوَلِّى بَعْضَ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ بَعْضًۢا بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْسِبُونَ

Transliteration wakadhālika nuwallī baʿḍa l-ẓālimīna baʿḍan bimā kānū yaksibūna

English And thus will We make some of the wrongdoers allies of others for what they used to earn.

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. نُوَلِّىnuwallīWe make friends
  3. بَعْضَbaʿḍasome (of)
  4. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
  5. بَعْضًۢاbaʿḍan(to) others
  6. بِمَاbimāfor what
  7. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  8. يَكْسِبُونَyaksibūnaearn

Verse 130

يَـٰمَعْشَرَ ٱلْجِنِّ وَٱلْإِنسِ أَلَمْ يَأْتِكُمْ رُسُلٌ مِّنكُمْ يَقُصُّونَ عَلَيْكُمْ ءَايَـٰتِى وَيُنذِرُونَكُمْ لِقَآءَ يَوْمِكُمْ هَـٰذَا ۚ قَالُوا۟ شَهِدْنَا عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِنَا ۖ وَغَرَّتْهُمُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَشَهِدُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ أَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ كَـٰفِرِينَ

Transliteration yāmaʿshara l-jini wal-insi alam yatikum rusulun minkum yaquṣṣūna ʿalaykum āyātī wayundhirūnakum liqāa yawmikum hādhā qālū shahid'nā ʿalā anfusinā wagharrathumu l-ḥayatu l-dun'yā washahidū ʿalā anfusihim annahum kānū kāfirīna

English "O company of jinn and mankind, did there not come to you messengers from among you, relating to you My verses and warning you of the meeting of this Day of yours?" They will say, "We bear witness against ourselves"; and the worldly life had deluded them, and they will bear witness against themselves that they were disbelievers.

  1. يَـٰمَعْشَرَyāmaʿsharaO assembly
  2. ٱلْجِنِّl-jini(of) [the] jinn
  3. وَٱلْإِنسِwal-insiand [the] men
  4. أَلَمْalamDid (there) not
  5. يَأْتِكُمْyatikumcome to you
  6. رُسُلٌۭrusulunMessengers
  7. مِّنكُمْminkumfrom (among) you
  8. يَقُصُّونَyaquṣṣūnarelating
  9. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumto you
  10. ءَايَـٰتِىāyātīMy Verses
  11. وَيُنذِرُونَكُمْwayundhirūnakumand warning you
  12. لِقَآءَliqāa(of the) meeting
  13. يَوْمِكُمْyawmikum(of) your day
  14. هَـٰذَا ۚhādhāthis
  15. قَالُوا۟qālūThey will say
  16. شَهِدْنَاshahid'nāWe bear witness
  17. عَلَىٰٓʿalāagainst
  18. أَنفُسِنَا ۖanfusināourselves
  19. وَغَرَّتْهُمُwagharrathumuAnd deluded them
  20. ٱلْحَيَوٰةُl-ḥayatuthe life
  21. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā(of) the world
  22. وَشَهِدُوا۟washahidūand they will bear witness
  23. عَلَىٰٓʿalāagainst
  24. أَنفُسِهِمْanfusihimthemselves
  25. أَنَّهُمْannahumthat they
  26. كَانُوا۟kānūwere
  27. كَـٰفِرِينَkāfirīnadisbelievers

Verse 131

ذَٰلِكَ أَن لَّمْ يَكُن رَّبُّكَ مُهْلِكَ ٱلْقُرَىٰ بِظُلْمٍ وَأَهْلُهَا غَـٰفِلُونَ

Transliteration dhālika an lam yakun rabbuka muh'lika l-qurā biẓul'min wa-ahluhā ghāfilūna

English That is because your Lord would not destroy the cities for wrongdoing while their people were unaware.

  1. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat (is because)
  2. أَنan[that]
  3. لَّمْlamnot
  4. يَكُنyakunis
  5. رَّبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  6. مُهْلِكَmuh'likaone who destroys
  7. ٱلْقُرَىٰl-qurāthe cities
  8. بِظُلْمٍۢbiẓul'minfor (their) wrongdoing
  9. وَأَهْلُهَاwa-ahluhāwhile their people
  10. غَـٰفِلُونَghāfilūna(are) unaware

Verse 132

وَلِكُلٍّ دَرَجَـٰتٌ مِّمَّا عَمِلُوا۟ ۚ وَمَا رَبُّكَ بِغَـٰفِلٍ عَمَّا يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration walikullin darajātun mimmā ʿamilū wamā rabbuka bighāfilin ʿammā yaʿmalūna

English And for all are degrees [i.e., positions resulting] from what they have done. And your Lord is not unaware of what they do.

  1. وَلِكُلٍّۢwalikullinAnd for all
  2. دَرَجَـٰتٌۭdarajātun(will be) degrees
  3. مِّمَّاmimmāfor what
  4. عَمِلُوا۟ ۚʿamilūthey did
  5. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  6. رَبُّكَrabbuka(is) your Lord
  7. بِغَـٰفِلٍbighāfilinunaware
  8. عَمَّاʿammāabout what
  9. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnathey do

Verse 133

وَرَبُّكَ ٱلْغَنِىُّ ذُو ٱلرَّحْمَةِ ۚ إِن يَشَأْ يُذْهِبْكُمْ وَيَسْتَخْلِفْ مِنۢ بَعْدِكُم مَّا يَشَآءُ كَمَآ أَنشَأَكُم مِّن ذُرِّيَّةِ قَوْمٍ ءَاخَرِينَ

Transliteration warabbuka l-ghaniyu dhū l-raḥmati in yasha yudh'hib'kum wayastakhlif min baʿdikum mā yashāu kamā ansha-akum min dhurriyyati qawmin ākharīna

English And your Lord is the Free of need, the possessor of mercy. If He wills, He can do away with you and give succession after you to whomever He wills, just as He produced you from the descendants of another people.

  1. وَرَبُّكَwarabbukaAnd your Lord
  2. ٱلْغَنِىُّl-ghaniyu(is) the Self-Sufficient
  3. ذُوdhū(the) Possessor
  4. ٱلرَّحْمَةِ ۚl-raḥmati(of) mercy
  5. إِنinIf
  6. يَشَأْyashaHe wills
  7. يُذْهِبْكُمْyudh'hib'kumHe can take you away
  8. وَيَسْتَخْلِفْwayastakhlifand grant succession
  9. مِنۢminfrom
  10. بَعْدِكُمbaʿdikumafter you
  11. مَّاmā(to) whom
  12. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  13. كَمَآkamāas
  14. أَنشَأَكُمansha-akumHe raised you
  15. مِّنminfrom
  16. ذُرِّيَّةِdhurriyyatithe descendants
  17. قَوْمٍqawmin(of) people
  18. ءَاخَرِينَākharīnaother

Verse 134

إِنَّ مَا تُوعَدُونَ لَـَٔاتٍ ۖ وَمَآ أَنتُم بِمُعْجِزِينَ

Transliteration inna mā tūʿadūna laātin wamā antum bimuʿ'jizīna

English Indeed, what you are promised is coming, and you will not cause failure [to Allāh].

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. مَاmāwhat
  3. تُوعَدُونَtūʿadūnayou are promised
  4. لَـَٔاتٍۢ ۖlaātin(is) sure to come
  5. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  6. أَنتُمantum(can) you
  7. بِمُعْجِزِينَbimuʿ'jizīnaescape (it)

Verse 135

قُلْ يَـٰقَوْمِ ٱعْمَلُوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَكَانَتِكُمْ إِنِّى عَامِلٌ ۖ فَسَوْفَ تَعْلَمُونَ مَن تَكُونُ لَهُۥ عَـٰقِبَةُ ٱلدَّارِ ۗ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُفْلِحُ ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَ

Transliteration qul yāqawmi iʿ'malū ʿalā makānatikum innī ʿāmilun fasawfa taʿlamūna man takūnu lahu ʿāqibatu l-dāri innahu lā yuf'liḥu l-ẓālimūna

English Say, "O my people, work according to your position; [for] indeed, I am working. And you are going to know who will have succession in the home. Indeed, the wrongdoers will not succeed."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  3. ٱعْمَلُوا۟iʿ'malūWork
  4. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  5. مَكَانَتِكُمْmakānatikumyour position
  6. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  7. عَامِلٌۭ ۖʿāmiluna worker
  8. فَسَوْفَfasawfaAnd soon
  9. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou will know
  10. مَنmanwho
  11. تَكُونُtakūnuwill have
  12. لَهُۥlahufor himself
  13. عَـٰقِبَةُʿāqibatu(in) the end
  14. ٱلدَّارِ ۗl-dāri(a good) home
  15. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed [he]
  16. لَاlā(will) not
  17. يُفْلِحُyuf'liḥusucceed
  18. ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَl-ẓālimūnathe wrongdoers

Verse 136

وَجَعَلُوا۟ لِلَّهِ مِمَّا ذَرَأَ مِنَ ٱلْحَرْثِ وَٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِ نَصِيبًا فَقَالُوا۟ هَـٰذَا لِلَّهِ بِزَعْمِهِمْ وَهَـٰذَا لِشُرَكَآئِنَا ۖ فَمَا كَانَ لِشُرَكَآئِهِمْ فَلَا يَصِلُ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَمَا كَانَ لِلَّهِ فَهُوَ يَصِلُ إِلَىٰ شُرَكَآئِهِمْ ۗ سَآءَ مَا يَحْكُمُونَ

Transliteration wajaʿalū lillahi mimmā dhara-a mina l-ḥarthi wal-anʿāmi naṣīban faqālū hādhā lillahi bizaʿmihim wahādhā lishurakāinā famā kāna lishurakāihim falā yaṣilu ilā l-lahi wamā kāna lillahi fahuwa yaṣilu ilā shurakāihim sāa mā yaḥkumūna

English And they [i.e., the polytheists] assign to Allāh from that which He created of crops and livestock a share and say, "This is for Allāh," by their claim, "and this is for our 'partners' [associated with Him]." But what is for their "partners" does not reach Allāh, while what is for Allāh - this reaches their "partners." Evil is that which they rule.

  1. وَجَعَلُوا۟wajaʿalūAnd they assign
  2. لِلَّهِlillahito Allah
  3. مِمَّاmimmāout of what
  4. ذَرَأَdhara-aHe produced
  5. مِنَminaof
  6. ٱلْحَرْثِl-ḥarthithe crops
  7. وَٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِwal-anʿāmiand the cattle
  8. نَصِيبًۭاnaṣībana share
  9. فَقَالُوا۟faqālūand they say
  10. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  11. لِلَّهِlillahi(is) for Allah
  12. بِزَعْمِهِمْbizaʿmihimby their claim
  13. وَهَـٰذَاwahādhāAnd this
  14. لِشُرَكَآئِنَا ۖlishurakāinā(is) for our partners
  15. فَمَاfamāBut what
  16. كَانَkānais
  17. لِشُرَكَآئِهِمْlishurakāihimfor their partners
  18. فَلَاfalā(does) not
  19. يَصِلُyaṣilureach
  20. إِلَىilā[to]
  21. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahiAllah
  22. وَمَاwamāwhile what
  23. كَانَkānais
  24. لِلَّهِlillahifor Allah
  25. فَهُوَfahuwathen it
  26. يَصِلُyaṣilureaches
  27. إِلَىٰilā[to]
  28. شُرَكَآئِهِمْ ۗshurakāihimtheir partners
  29. سَآءَsāaEvil
  30. مَاmā(is) what
  31. يَحْكُمُونَyaḥkumūnathey judge

Verse 137

وَكَذَٰلِكَ زَيَّنَ لِكَثِيرٍ مِّنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ قَتْلَ أَوْلَـٰدِهِمْ شُرَكَآؤُهُمْ لِيُرْدُوهُمْ وَلِيَلْبِسُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمْ دِينَهُمْ ۖ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مَا فَعَلُوهُ ۖ فَذَرْهُمْ وَمَا يَفْتَرُونَ

Transliteration wakadhālika zayyana likathīrin mina l-mush'rikīna qatla awlādihim shurakāuhum liyur'dūhum waliyalbisū ʿalayhim dīnahum walaw shāa l-lahu mā faʿalūhu fadharhum wamā yaftarūna

English And likewise, to many of the polytheists their partners have made [to seem] pleasing the killing of their children in order to bring about their destruction and to cover them with confusion in their religion. And if Allāh had willed, they would not have done so. So leave them and that which they invent.

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd likewise
  2. زَيَّنَzayyanamade pleasing
  3. لِكَثِيرٍۢlikathīrinto many
  4. مِّنَminaof
  5. ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَl-mush'rikīnathe polytheists
  6. قَتْلَqatla(the) killing
  7. أَوْلَـٰدِهِمْawlādihim(of) their children
  8. شُرَكَآؤُهُمْshurakāuhumtheir partners
  9. لِيُرْدُوهُمْliyur'dūhumso that they may ruin them
  10. وَلِيَلْبِسُوا۟waliyalbisūand that they make confusing
  11. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimto them
  12. دِينَهُمْ ۖdīnahumtheir religion
  13. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  14. شَآءَshāa(had) willed
  15. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  16. مَاmānot
  17. فَعَلُوهُ ۖfaʿalūhu(would) they have done so
  18. فَذَرْهُمْfadharhumSo leave them
  19. وَمَاwamāand what
  20. يَفْتَرُونَyaftarūnathey invent

Verse 138

وَقَالُوا۟ هَـٰذِهِۦٓ أَنْعَـٰمٌ وَحَرْثٌ حِجْرٌ لَّا يَطْعَمُهَآ إِلَّا مَن نَّشَآءُ بِزَعْمِهِمْ وَأَنْعَـٰمٌ حُرِّمَتْ ظُهُورُهَا وَأَنْعَـٰمٌ لَّا يَذْكُرُونَ ٱسْمَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهَا ٱفْتِرَآءً عَلَيْهِ ۚ سَيَجْزِيهِم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ

Transliteration waqālū hādhihi anʿāmun waḥarthun ḥij'run lā yaṭʿamuhā illā man nashāu bizaʿmihim wa-anʿāmun ḥurrimat ẓuhūruhā wa-anʿāmun lā yadhkurūna is'ma l-lahi ʿalayhā if'tirāan ʿalayhi sayajzīhim bimā kānū yaftarūna

English And they say, "These animals and crops are forbidden; no one may eat from them except whom we will," by their claim. And there are those [camels] whose backs are forbidden [by them] and those upon which the name of Allāh is not mentioned - [all of this] an invention of untruth about Him. He will punish them for what they were inventing.

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they say
  2. هَـٰذِهِۦٓhādhihiThese
  3. أَنْعَـٰمٌۭanʿāmun(are) cattle
  4. وَحَرْثٌwaḥarthunand crops
  5. حِجْرٌۭḥij'runforbidden
  6. لَّاlāno (one)
  7. يَطْعَمُهَآyaṭʿamuhācan eat them
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. مَنmanwhom
  10. نَّشَآءُnashāuwe will
  11. بِزَعْمِهِمْbizaʿmihimby their claim
  12. وَأَنْعَـٰمٌwa-anʿāmunAnd cattle
  13. حُرِّمَتْḥurrimatforbidden
  14. ظُهُورُهَاẓuhūruhā(are) their backs
  15. وَأَنْعَـٰمٌۭwa-anʿāmunand cattle
  16. لَّاlānot
  17. يَذْكُرُونَyadhkurūnathey mention
  18. ٱسْمَis'ma(the) name
  19. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  20. عَلَيْهَاʿalayhāon it
  21. ٱفْتِرَآءًif'tirāan(as) an invention
  22. عَلَيْهِ ۚʿalayhiagainst Him
  23. سَيَجْزِيهِمsayajzīhimHe will recompense them
  24. بِمَاbimāfor what
  25. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  26. يَفْتَرُونَyaftarūnainvent

Verse 139

وَقَالُوا۟ مَا فِى بُطُونِ هَـٰذِهِ ٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِ خَالِصَةٌ لِّذُكُورِنَا وَمُحَرَّمٌ عَلَىٰٓ أَزْوَٰجِنَا ۖ وَإِن يَكُن مَّيْتَةً فَهُمْ فِيهِ شُرَكَآءُ ۚ سَيَجْزِيهِمْ وَصْفَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ حَكِيمٌ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration waqālū mā fī buṭūni hādhihi l-anʿāmi khāliṣatun lidhukūrinā wamuḥarramun ʿalā azwājinā wa-in yakun maytatan fahum fīhi shurakāu sayajzīhim waṣfahum innahu ḥakīmun ʿalīmun

English And they say, "What is in the bellies of these animals is exclusively for our males and forbidden to our females. But if it is [born] dead, then all of them have shares therein." He will punish them for their description. Indeed, He is Wise and Knowing.

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they say
  2. مَاmāWhat
  3. فِىfī(is) in
  4. بُطُونِbuṭūni(the) wombs
  5. هَـٰذِهِhādhihi(of) these
  6. ٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِl-anʿāmicattle
  7. خَالِصَةٌۭkhāliṣatun(is) exclusively
  8. لِّذُكُورِنَاlidhukūrināfor our males
  9. وَمُحَرَّمٌwamuḥarramunand forbidden
  10. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  11. أَزْوَٰجِنَا ۖazwājināour spouses
  12. وَإِنwa-inBut if
  13. يَكُنyakunis
  14. مَّيْتَةًۭmaytatan(born) dead
  15. فَهُمْfahumthen they (all)
  16. فِيهِfīhiin it
  17. شُرَكَآءُ ۚshurakāu(are) partners
  18. سَيَجْزِيهِمْsayajzīhimHe will recompense them
  19. وَصْفَهُمْ ۚwaṣfahum(for) their attribution
  20. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  21. حَكِيمٌḥakīmun(is) All-Wise
  22. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmunAll-Knowing

Verse 140

قَدْ خَسِرَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَتَلُوٓا۟ أَوْلَـٰدَهُمْ سَفَهًۢا بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ وَحَرَّمُوا۟ مَا رَزَقَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ٱفْتِرَآءً عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ۚ قَدْ ضَلُّوا۟ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ مُهْتَدِينَ

Transliteration qad khasira alladhīna qatalū awlādahum safahan bighayri ʿil'min waḥarramū mā razaqahumu l-lahu if'tirāan ʿalā l-lahi qad ḍallū wamā kānū muh'tadīna

English They will have lost who killed their children in foolishness without knowledge and prohibited what Allāh had provided for them, inventing untruth about Allāh. They have gone astray and were not [rightly] guided.

  1. قَدْqadCertainly
  2. خَسِرَkhasira(are) lost
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. قَتَلُوٓا۟qatalūkilled
  5. أَوْلَـٰدَهُمْawlādahumtheir children
  6. سَفَهًۢاsafahan(in) foolishness
  7. بِغَيْرِbighayriwithout
  8. عِلْمٍۢʿil'minknowledge
  9. وَحَرَّمُوا۟waḥarramūand forbid
  10. مَاmāwhat
  11. رَزَقَهُمُrazaqahumu(bas been) provided (to) them
  12. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  13. ٱفْتِرَآءًif'tirāaninventing (lies)
  14. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  15. ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahiAllah
  16. قَدْqadCertainly
  17. ضَلُّوا۟ḍallūthey have gone astray
  18. وَمَاwamāand not
  19. كَانُوا۟kānūthey are
  20. مُهْتَدِينَmuh'tadīnaguided-ones

Verse 141

۞ وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنشَأَ جَنَّـٰتٍ مَّعْرُوشَـٰتٍ وَغَيْرَ مَعْرُوشَـٰتٍ وَٱلنَّخْلَ وَٱلزَّرْعَ مُخْتَلِفًا أُكُلُهُۥ وَٱلزَّيْتُونَ وَٱلرُّمَّانَ مُتَشَـٰبِهًا وَغَيْرَ مُتَشَـٰبِهٍ ۚ كُلُوا۟ مِن ثَمَرِهِۦٓ إِذَآ أَثْمَرَ وَءَاتُوا۟ حَقَّهُۥ يَوْمَ حَصَادِهِۦ ۖ وَلَا تُسْرِفُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī ansha-a jannātin maʿrūshātin waghayra maʿrūshātin wal-nakhla wal-zarʿa mukh'talifan ukuluhu wal-zaytūna wal-rumāna mutashābihan waghayra mutashābihin kulū min thamarihi idhā athmara waātū ḥaqqahu yawma ḥaṣādihi walā tus'rifū innahu lā yuḥibbu l-mus'rifīna

English And He it is who causes gardens to grow, [both] trellised and untrellised, and palm trees and crops of different [kinds of] food and olives and pomegranates, similar and dissimilar. Eat of [each of] its fruit when it yields and give its due [zakāh] on the day of its harvest. And be not excessive. Indeed, He does not like those who commit excess.

  1. ۞ وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. أَنشَأَansha-aproduced
  4. جَنَّـٰتٍۢjannātingardens
  5. مَّعْرُوشَـٰتٍۢmaʿrūshātintrellised
  6. وَغَيْرَwaghayraand other than
  7. مَعْرُوشَـٰتٍۢmaʿrūshātintrellised
  8. وَٱلنَّخْلَwal-nakhlaand the date-palm
  9. وَٱلزَّرْعَwal-zarʿaand the crops
  10. مُخْتَلِفًاmukh'talifandiverse
  11. أُكُلُهُۥukuluhu(are) its taste
  12. وَٱلزَّيْتُونَwal-zaytūnaand the olives
  13. وَٱلرُّمَّانَwal-rumānaand the pomegranates
  14. مُتَشَـٰبِهًۭاmutashābihansimilar
  15. وَغَيْرَwaghayraand other than
  16. مُتَشَـٰبِهٍۢ ۚmutashābihinsimilar
  17. كُلُوا۟kulūEat
  18. مِنminof
  19. ثَمَرِهِۦٓthamarihiits fruit
  20. إِذَآidhāwhen
  21. أَثْمَرَathmarait bears fruit
  22. وَءَاتُوا۟waātūand give
  23. حَقَّهُۥḥaqqahuits due
  24. يَوْمَyawma(on the) day
  25. حَصَادِهِۦ ۖḥaṣādihi(of) its harvest
  26. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  27. تُسْرِفُوٓا۟ ۚtus'rifū(be) extravagant
  28. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  29. لَاlā(does) not
  30. يُحِبُّyuḥibbulove
  31. ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَl-mus'rifīnathe ones who are extravagant

Verse 142

وَمِنَ ٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِ حَمُولَةً وَفَرْشًا ۚ كُلُوا۟ مِمَّا رَزَقَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ خُطُوَٰتِ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَكُمْ عَدُوٌّ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration wamina l-anʿāmi ḥamūlatan wafarshan kulū mimmā razaqakumu l-lahu walā tattabiʿū khuṭuwāti l-shayṭāni innahu lakum ʿaduwwun mubīnun

English And of the grazing livestock are carriers [of burdens] and those [too] small. Eat of what Allāh has provided for you and do not follow the footsteps of Satan. Indeed, he is to you a clear enemy.

  1. وَمِنَwaminaAnd of
  2. ٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِl-anʿāmithe cattle
  3. حَمُولَةًۭḥamūlatan(are some for) burden
  4. وَفَرْشًۭا ۚwafarshanand (some for) meat
  5. كُلُوا۟kulūEat
  6. مِمَّاmimmāof what
  7. رَزَقَكُمُrazaqakumu(has been) provided (to) you
  8. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  9. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  10. تَتَّبِعُوا۟tattabiʿūfollow
  11. خُطُوَٰتِkhuṭuwāti(the) footsteps
  12. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِ ۚl-shayṭāni(of) Shaitaan
  13. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  14. لَكُمْlakum(is) to you
  15. عَدُوٌّۭʿaduwwunan enemy
  16. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunopen

Verse 143

ثَمَـٰنِيَةَ أَزْوَٰجٍ ۖ مِّنَ ٱلضَّأْنِ ٱثْنَيْنِ وَمِنَ ٱلْمَعْزِ ٱثْنَيْنِ ۗ قُلْ ءَآلذَّكَرَيْنِ حَرَّمَ أَمِ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ أَمَّا ٱشْتَمَلَتْ عَلَيْهِ أَرْحَامُ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ ۖ نَبِّـُٔونِى بِعِلْمٍ إِن كُنتُمْ صَـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration thamāniyata azwājin mina l-ḍani ith'nayni wamina l-maʿzi ith'nayni qul āldhakarayni ḥarrama ami l-unthayayni ammā ish'tamalat ʿalayhi arḥāmu l-unthayayni nabbiūnī biʿil'min in kuntum ṣādiqīna

English [They are] eight mates - of the sheep, two and of the goats, two. Say, "Is it the two males He has forbidden or the two females or that which the wombs of the two females contain? Inform me with knowledge, if you should be truthful."

  1. ثَمَـٰنِيَةَthamāniyataEight
  2. أَزْوَٰجٍۢ ۖazwājinpairs
  3. مِّنَminaof
  4. ٱلضَّأْنِl-ḍanithe sheep
  5. ٱثْنَيْنِith'naynitwo
  6. وَمِنَwaminaand of
  7. ٱلْمَعْزِl-maʿzithe goats
  8. ٱثْنَيْنِ ۗith'naynitwo
  9. قُلْqulSay
  10. ءَآلذَّكَرَيْنِāldhakarayni(Are) the two males
  11. حَرَّمَḥarramaHe has forbidden
  12. أَمِamior
  13. ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِl-unthayaynithe two females
  14. أَمَّاammāor what
  15. ٱشْتَمَلَتْish'tamalatcontains
  16. عَلَيْهِʿalayhi[in it]
  17. أَرْحَامُarḥāmu(the) wombs
  18. ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ ۖl-unthayayni(of) the two females
  19. نَبِّـُٔونِىnabbiūnīInform me
  20. بِعِلْمٍbiʿil'minwith knowledge
  21. إِنinif
  22. كُنتُمْkuntumyou are
  23. صَـٰدِقِينَṣādiqīnatruthful

Verse 144

وَمِنَ ٱلْإِبِلِ ٱثْنَيْنِ وَمِنَ ٱلْبَقَرِ ٱثْنَيْنِ ۗ قُلْ ءَآلذَّكَرَيْنِ حَرَّمَ أَمِ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ أَمَّا ٱشْتَمَلَتْ عَلَيْهِ أَرْحَامُ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ ۖ أَمْ كُنتُمْ شُهَدَآءَ إِذْ وَصَّىٰكُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِهَـٰذَا ۚ فَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا لِّيُضِلَّ ٱلنَّاسَ بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration wamina l-ibili ith'nayni wamina l-baqari ith'nayni qul āldhakarayni ḥarrama ami l-unthayayni ammā ish'tamalat ʿalayhi arḥāmu l-unthayayni am kuntum shuhadāa idh waṣṣākumu l-lahu bihādhā faman aẓlamu mimmani if'tarā ʿalā l-lahi kadhiban liyuḍilla l-nāsa bighayri ʿil'min inna l-laha lā yahdī l-qawma l-ẓālimīna

English And of the camels, two and of the cattle, two. Say, "Is it the two males He has forbidden or the two females or that which the wombs of the two females contain? Or were you witnesses when Allāh charged you with this? Then who is more unjust than one who invents a lie about Allāh to mislead the people by [something] other than knowledge? Indeed, Allāh does not guide the wrongdoing people."

  1. وَمِنَwaminaAnd of
  2. ٱلْإِبِلِl-ibilithe camels
  3. ٱثْنَيْنِith'naynitwo
  4. وَمِنَwaminaand of
  5. ٱلْبَقَرِl-baqarithe cows
  6. ٱثْنَيْنِ ۗith'naynitwo
  7. قُلْqulSay
  8. ءَآلذَّكَرَيْنِāldhakarayni(Is it) the two males
  9. حَرَّمَḥarramaHe (has) forbidden
  10. أَمِamior
  11. ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِl-unthayaynithe two females
  12. أَمَّاammāor what
  13. ٱشْتَمَلَتْish'tamalatcontains
  14. عَلَيْهِʿalayhi[in it]
  15. أَرْحَامُarḥāmu(the) wombs
  16. ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ ۖl-unthayayni(of) the two females
  17. أَمْamOr
  18. كُنتُمْkuntumwere you
  19. شُهَدَآءَshuhadāawitnesses
  20. إِذْidhwhen
  21. وَصَّىٰكُمُwaṣṣākumuenjoined you
  22. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  23. بِهَـٰذَا ۚbihādhāwith this
  24. فَمَنْfamanThen who
  25. أَظْلَمُaẓlamu(is) more unjust
  26. مِمَّنِmimmanithan (one) who
  27. ٱفْتَرَىٰif'tarāinvents
  28. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  29. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  30. كَذِبًۭاkadhibana lie
  31. لِّيُضِلَّliyuḍillato mislead
  32. ٱلنَّاسَl-nāsathe people
  33. بِغَيْرِbighayriwithout
  34. عِلْمٍ ۗʿil'minknowledge
  35. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  36. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  37. لَاlā(does) not
  38. يَهْدِىyahdīguide
  39. ٱلْقَوْمَl-qawmathe people
  40. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoing

Verse 145

قُل لَّآ أَجِدُ فِى مَآ أُوحِىَ إِلَىَّ مُحَرَّمًا عَلَىٰ طَاعِمٍ يَطْعَمُهُۥٓ إِلَّآ أَن يَكُونَ مَيْتَةً أَوْ دَمًا مَّسْفُوحًا أَوْ لَحْمَ خِنزِيرٍ فَإِنَّهُۥ رِجْسٌ أَوْ فِسْقًا أُهِلَّ لِغَيْرِ ٱللَّهِ بِهِۦ ۚ فَمَنِ ٱضْطُرَّ غَيْرَ بَاغٍ وَلَا عَادٍ فَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Transliteration qul lā ajidu fī mā ūḥiya ilayya muḥarraman ʿalā ṭāʿimin yaṭʿamuhu illā an yakūna maytatan aw daman masfūḥan aw laḥma khinzīrin fa-innahu rij'sun aw fis'qan uhilla lighayri l-lahi bihi famani uḍ'ṭurra ghayra bāghin walā ʿādin fa-inna rabbaka ghafūrun raḥīmun

English Say, "I do not find within that which was revealed to me [anything] forbidden to one who would eat it unless it be a dead animal or blood spilled out or the flesh of swine - for indeed, it is impure - or it be [that slaughtered in] disobedience, dedicated to other than Allāh. But whoever is forced [by necessity], neither desiring [it] nor transgressing [its limit], then indeed, your Lord is Forgiving and Merciful."

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لَّآlāNot
  3. أَجِدُajidu(do) I find
  4. فِىfīin
  5. مَآmāwhat
  6. أُوحِىَūḥiyahas been revealed
  7. إِلَىَّilayyato me
  8. مُحَرَّمًاmuḥarraman(anything) forbidden
  9. عَلَىٰʿalāto
  10. طَاعِمٍۢṭāʿiminan eater
  11. يَطْعَمُهُۥٓyaṭʿamuhuwho eats it
  12. إِلَّآillāexcept
  13. أَنanthat
  14. يَكُونَyakūnait be
  15. مَيْتَةًmaytatandead
  16. أَوْawor
  17. دَمًۭاdamanblood
  18. مَّسْفُوحًاmasfūḥanpoured forth
  19. أَوْawor
  20. لَحْمَlaḥma(the) flesh
  21. خِنزِيرٍۢkhinzīrin(of) swine
  22. فَإِنَّهُۥfa-innahufor indeed, it
  23. رِجْسٌrij'sun(is) filth
  24. أَوْawor
  25. فِسْقًاfis'qan(it be) disobedience
  26. أُهِلَّuhilla[is] dedicated
  27. لِغَيْرِlighayrito other than
  28. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  29. بِهِۦ ۚbihi[on it]
  30. فَمَنِfamaniBut whoever
  31. ٱضْطُرَّuḍ'ṭurra(is) compelled
  32. غَيْرَghayranot
  33. بَاغٍۢbāghindesiring
  34. وَلَاwalāand not
  35. عَادٍۢʿādintransgressing
  36. فَإِنَّfa-innathen indeed
  37. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  38. غَفُورٌۭghafūrun(is) Oft-Forgiving
  39. رَّحِيمٌۭraḥīmunMost Merciful

Verse 146

وَعَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ حَرَّمْنَا كُلَّ ذِى ظُفُرٍ ۖ وَمِنَ ٱلْبَقَرِ وَٱلْغَنَمِ حَرَّمْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ شُحُومَهُمَآ إِلَّا مَا حَمَلَتْ ظُهُورُهُمَآ أَوِ ٱلْحَوَايَآ أَوْ مَا ٱخْتَلَطَ بِعَظْمٍ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ جَزَيْنَـٰهُم بِبَغْيِهِمْ ۖ وَإِنَّا لَصَـٰدِقُونَ

Transliteration waʿalā alladhīna hādū ḥarramnā kulla dhī ẓufurin wamina l-baqari wal-ghanami ḥarramnā ʿalayhim shuḥūmahumā illā mā ḥamalat ẓuhūruhumā awi l-ḥawāyā aw mā ikh'talaṭa biʿaẓmin dhālika jazaynāhum bibaghyihim wa-innā laṣādiqūna

English And to those who are Jews We prohibited every animal of uncloven hoof; and of the cattle and the sheep We prohibited to them their fat, except what adheres to their backs or the entrails or what is joined with bone. [By] that We repaid them for their transgression. And indeed, We are truthful.

  1. وَعَلَىwaʿalāAnd to
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. هَادُوا۟hādūare Jews
  4. حَرَّمْنَاḥarramnāWe forbade
  5. كُلَّkullaevery
  6. ذِىdhī(animal) with
  7. ظُفُرٍۢ ۖẓufurinclaws
  8. وَمِنَwaminaand of
  9. ٱلْبَقَرِl-baqarithe cows
  10. وَٱلْغَنَمِwal-ghanamiand the sheep
  11. حَرَّمْنَاḥarramnāWe forbade
  12. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimto them
  13. شُحُومَهُمَآshuḥūmahumātheir fat
  14. إِلَّاillāexcept
  15. مَاmāwhat
  16. حَمَلَتْḥamalatcarried
  17. ظُهُورُهُمَآẓuhūruhumātheir backs
  18. أَوِawior
  19. ٱلْحَوَايَآl-ḥawāyāthe entrails
  20. أَوْawor
  21. مَاmāwhat
  22. ٱخْتَلَطَikh'talaṭa(is) joined
  23. بِعَظْمٍۢ ۚbiʿaẓminwith the bone
  24. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  25. جَزَيْنَـٰهُمjazaynāhum(is) their recompense
  26. بِبَغْيِهِمْ ۖbibaghyihimfor their rebellion
  27. وَإِنَّاwa-innāAnd indeed, We
  28. لَصَـٰدِقُونَlaṣādiqūna[surely] are truthful

Verse 147

فَإِن كَذَّبُوكَ فَقُل رَّبُّكُمْ ذُو رَحْمَةٍ وَٰسِعَةٍ وَلَا يُرَدُّ بَأْسُهُۥ عَنِ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ

Transliteration fa-in kadhabūka faqul rabbukum dhū raḥmatin wāsiʿatin walā yuraddu basuhu ʿani l-qawmi l-muj'rimīna

English So if they deny you, [O Muḥammad], say, "Your Lord is the possessor of vast mercy; but His punishment cannot be repelled from the people who are criminals."

  1. فَإِنfa-inBut if
  2. كَذَّبُوكَkadhabūkathey deny you
  3. فَقُلfaqulthen say
  4. رَّبُّكُمْrabbukumYour Lord
  5. ذُوdhū(is the) Possessor
  6. رَحْمَةٍۢraḥmatin(of) Mercy
  7. وَٰسِعَةٍۢwāsiʿatinVast
  8. وَلَاwalābut not
  9. يُرَدُّyuradduwill be turned back
  10. بَأْسُهُۥbasuhuHis wrath
  11. عَنِʿanifrom
  12. ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmithe people
  13. ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَl-muj'rimīna(who are) criminals

Verse 148

سَيَقُولُ ٱلَّذِينَ أَشْرَكُوا۟ لَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مَآ أَشْرَكْنَا وَلَآ ءَابَآؤُنَا وَلَا حَرَّمْنَا مِن شَىْءٍ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ كَذَّبَ ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِهِمْ حَتَّىٰ ذَاقُوا۟ بَأْسَنَا ۗ قُلْ هَلْ عِندَكُم مِّنْ عِلْمٍ فَتُخْرِجُوهُ لَنَآ ۖ إِن تَتَّبِعُونَ إِلَّا ٱلظَّنَّ وَإِنْ أَنتُمْ إِلَّا تَخْرُصُونَ

Transliteration sayaqūlu alladhīna ashrakū law shāa l-lahu mā ashraknā walā ābāunā walā ḥarramnā min shayin kadhālika kadhaba alladhīna min qablihim ḥattā dhāqū basanā qul hal ʿindakum min ʿil'min fatukh'rijūhu lanā in tattabiʿūna illā l-ẓana wa-in antum illā takhruṣūna

English Those who associated [others] with Allāh will say, "If Allāh had willed, we would not have associated [anything] and neither would our fathers, nor would we have prohibited anything." Likewise did those before deny until they tasted Our punishment. Say, "Do you have any knowledge that you can produce for us? You follow not except assumption, and you are not but misjudging."

  1. سَيَقُولُsayaqūluWill say
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. أَشْرَكُوا۟ashrakūassociate partners (with Allah)
  4. لَوْlawIf
  5. شَآءَshāaHad willed
  6. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  7. مَآmānot
  8. أَشْرَكْنَاashraknāwe (would) have associated partners (with Allah)
  9. وَلَآwalāand not
  10. ءَابَآؤُنَاābāunāour forefathers
  11. وَلَاwalāand not
  12. حَرَّمْنَاḥarramnāwe (would) have forbidden
  13. مِنmin[of]
  14. شَىْءٍۢ ۚshayinanything
  15. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaLikewise
  16. كَذَّبَkadhabadenied
  17. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  18. مِنmin(were from)
  19. قَبْلِهِمْqablihimbefore them
  20. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  21. ذَاقُوا۟dhāqūthey tasted
  22. بَأْسَنَا ۗbasanāOur wrath
  23. قُلْqulSay
  24. هَلْhalIs
  25. عِندَكُمʿindakumwith you
  26. مِّنْmin[of]
  27. عِلْمٍۢʿil'minany knowledge
  28. فَتُخْرِجُوهُfatukh'rijūhuthen produce it
  29. لَنَآ ۖlanāfor us
  30. إِنinNot
  31. تَتَّبِعُونَtattabiʿūnayou follow
  32. إِلَّاillāexcept
  33. ٱلظَّنَّl-ẓanathe assumption
  34. وَإِنْwa-inand not
  35. أَنتُمْantumyou (do)
  36. إِلَّاillābut
  37. تَخْرُصُونَtakhruṣūnaguess

Verse 149

قُلْ فَلِلَّهِ ٱلْحُجَّةُ ٱلْبَـٰلِغَةُ ۖ فَلَوْ شَآءَ لَهَدَىٰكُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ

Transliteration qul falillahi l-ḥujatu l-bālighatu falaw shāa lahadākum ajmaʿīna

English Say, "With Allāh is the far-reaching [i.e., conclusive] argument. If He had willed, He would have guided you all."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. فَلِلَّهِfalillahiWith Allah
  3. ٱلْحُجَّةُl-ḥujatu(is) the argument
  4. ٱلْبَـٰلِغَةُ ۖl-bālighatuthe conclusive
  5. فَلَوْfalawAnd if
  6. شَآءَshāaHe (had) willed
  7. لَهَدَىٰكُمْlahadākumsurely He (would) have guided you
  8. أَجْمَعِينَajmaʿīnaall

Verse 150

قُلْ هَلُمَّ شُهَدَآءَكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ يَشْهَدُونَ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ حَرَّمَ هَـٰذَا ۖ فَإِن شَهِدُوا۟ فَلَا تَشْهَدْ مَعَهُمْ ۚ وَلَا تَتَّبِعْ أَهْوَآءَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَهُم بِرَبِّهِمْ يَعْدِلُونَ

Transliteration qul halumma shuhadāakumu alladhīna yashhadūna anna l-laha ḥarrama hādhā fa-in shahidū falā tashhad maʿahum walā tattabiʿ ahwāa alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā wa-alladhīna lā yu'minūna bil-ākhirati wahum birabbihim yaʿdilūna

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "Bring forward your witnesses who will testify that Allāh has prohibited this." And if they testify, do not testify with them. And do not follow the desires of those who deny Our verses and those who do not believe in the Hereafter, while they equate [others] with their Lord.

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. هَلُمَّhalummaBring forward
  3. شُهَدَآءَكُمُshuhadāakumuyour witnesses
  4. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  5. يَشْهَدُونَyashhadūnatestify
  6. أَنَّannathat
  7. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  8. حَرَّمَḥarramaprohibited
  9. هَـٰذَا ۖhādhāthis
  10. فَإِنfa-inThen if
  11. شَهِدُوا۟shahidūthey testify
  12. فَلَاfalāthen (do) not
  13. تَشْهَدْtashhadtestify
  14. مَعَهُمْ ۚmaʿahumwith them
  15. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  16. تَتَّبِعْtattabiʿfollow
  17. أَهْوَآءَahwāa(the) desires
  18. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
  19. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
  20. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Signs
  21. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaand those who
  22. لَاlā(do) not
  23. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve
  24. بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِbil-ākhiratiin the Hereafter
  25. وَهُمwahumwhile they
  26. بِرَبِّهِمْbirabbihimwith their Lord
  27. يَعْدِلُونَyaʿdilūnaset up equals

Verse 151

۞ قُلْ تَعَالَوْا۟ أَتْلُ مَا حَرَّمَ رَبُّكُمْ عَلَيْكُمْ ۖ أَلَّا تُشْرِكُوا۟ بِهِۦ شَيْـًٔا ۖ وَبِٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ إِحْسَـٰنًا ۖ وَلَا تَقْتُلُوٓا۟ أَوْلَـٰدَكُم مِّنْ إِمْلَـٰقٍ ۖ نَّحْنُ نَرْزُقُكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ ۖ وَلَا تَقْرَبُوا۟ ٱلْفَوَٰحِشَ مَا ظَهَرَ مِنْهَا وَمَا بَطَنَ ۖ وَلَا تَقْتُلُوا۟ ٱلنَّفْسَ ٱلَّتِى حَرَّمَ ٱللَّهُ إِلَّا بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ وَصَّىٰكُم بِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَعْقِلُونَ

Transliteration qul taʿālaw atlu mā ḥarrama rabbukum ʿalaykum allā tush'rikū bihi shayan wabil-wālidayni iḥ'sānan walā taqtulū awlādakum min im'lāqin naḥnu narzuqukum wa-iyyāhum walā taqrabū l-fawāḥisha mā ẓahara min'hā wamā baṭana walā taqtulū l-nafsa allatī ḥarrama l-lahu illā bil-ḥaqi dhālikum waṣṣākum bihi laʿallakum taʿqilūna

English Say, "Come, I will recite what your Lord has prohibited to you. [He commands] that you not associate anything with Him, and to parents, good treatment, and do not kill your children out of poverty; We will provide for you and them. And do not approach immoralities - what is apparent of them and what is concealed. And do not kill the soul which Allāh has forbidden [to be killed] except by [legal] right. This has He instructed you that you may use reason."

  1. ۞ قُلْqulSay
  2. تَعَالَوْا۟taʿālawCome
  3. أَتْلُatluI will recite
  4. مَاmāwhat
  5. حَرَّمَḥarramahas prohibited
  6. رَبُّكُمْrabbukumyour Lord
  7. عَلَيْكُمْ ۖʿalaykumto you
  8. أَلَّاallāThat (do) not
  9. تُشْرِكُوا۟tush'rikūassociate
  10. بِهِۦbihiwith Him
  11. شَيْـًۭٔا ۖshayananything
  12. وَبِٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِwabil-wālidayniand with the parents
  13. إِحْسَـٰنًۭا ۖiḥ'sānan(be) good
  14. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  15. تَقْتُلُوٓا۟taqtulūkill
  16. أَوْلَـٰدَكُمawlādakumyour children
  17. مِّنْmin(out) of
  18. إِمْلَـٰقٍۢ ۖim'lāqinpoverty
  19. نَّحْنُnaḥnuWe
  20. نَرْزُقُكُمْnarzuqukumprovide for you
  21. وَإِيَّاهُمْ ۖwa-iyyāhumand for them
  22. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  23. تَقْرَبُوا۟taqrabūgo near
  24. ٱلْفَوَٰحِشَl-fawāḥisha[the] immoralities
  25. مَاmāwhat
  26. ظَهَرَẓahara(is) apparent
  27. مِنْهَاmin'hāof them
  28. وَمَاwamāand what
  29. بَطَنَ ۖbaṭana(is) concealed
  30. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  31. تَقْتُلُوا۟taqtulūkill
  32. ٱلنَّفْسَl-nafsathe soul
  33. ٱلَّتِىallatīwhich
  34. حَرَّمَḥarramahas (been) forbidden
  35. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
  36. إِلَّاillāexcept
  37. بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚbil-ḥaqiby (legal) right
  38. ذَٰلِكُمْdhālikumThat
  39. وَصَّىٰكُمwaṣṣākum(He) has enjoined on you
  40. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  41. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  42. تَعْقِلُونَtaʿqilūnause reason

Verse 152

وَلَا تَقْرَبُوا۟ مَالَ ٱلْيَتِيمِ إِلَّا بِٱلَّتِى هِىَ أَحْسَنُ حَتَّىٰ يَبْلُغَ أَشُدَّهُۥ ۖ وَأَوْفُوا۟ ٱلْكَيْلَ وَٱلْمِيزَانَ بِٱلْقِسْطِ ۖ لَا نُكَلِّفُ نَفْسًا إِلَّا وُسْعَهَا ۖ وَإِذَا قُلْتُمْ فَٱعْدِلُوا۟ وَلَوْ كَانَ ذَا قُرْبَىٰ ۖ وَبِعَهْدِ ٱللَّهِ أَوْفُوا۟ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ وَصَّىٰكُم بِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَذَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration walā taqrabū māla l-yatīmi illā bi-allatī hiya aḥsanu ḥattā yablugha ashuddahu wa-awfū l-kayla wal-mīzāna bil-qis'ṭi lā nukallifu nafsan illā wus'ʿahā wa-idhā qul'tum fa-iʿ'dilū walaw kāna dhā qur'bā wabiʿahdi l-lahi awfū dhālikum waṣṣākum bihi laʿallakum tadhakkarūna

English And do not approach the orphan's property except in a way that is best [i.e., intending improvement] until he reaches maturity. And give full measure and weight in justice. We do not charge any soul except [with that within] its capacity. And when you speak [i.e., testify], be just, even if [it concerns] a near relative. And the covenant of Allāh fulfill. This has He instructed you that you may remember.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَقْرَبُوا۟taqrabūgo near
  3. مَالَmālawealth
  4. ٱلْيَتِيمِl-yatīmi(of) the orphans
  5. إِلَّاillāexcept
  6. بِٱلَّتِىbi-allatīwith that
  7. هِىَhiyawhich
  8. أَحْسَنُaḥsanu(is) best
  9. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  10. يَبْلُغَyablughahe reaches
  11. أَشُدَّهُۥ ۖashuddahuhis maturity
  12. وَأَوْفُوا۟wa-awfūAnd give full
  13. ٱلْكَيْلَl-kayla[the] measure
  14. وَٱلْمِيزَانَwal-mīzānaand the weight
  15. بِٱلْقِسْطِ ۖbil-qis'ṭiwith justice
  16. لَاlāNot
  17. نُكَلِّفُnukallifuWe burden
  18. نَفْسًاnafsanany soul
  19. إِلَّاillāexcept
  20. وُسْعَهَا ۖwus'ʿahā(to) its capacity
  21. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  22. قُلْتُمْqul'tumyou speak
  23. فَٱعْدِلُوا۟fa-iʿ'dilūthen be just
  24. وَلَوْwalaweven if
  25. كَانَkānahe is
  26. ذَاdhā(one of)
  27. قُرْبَىٰ ۖqur'bāa near relative
  28. وَبِعَهْدِwabiʿahdiAnd (the) Covenant
  29. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  30. أَوْفُوا۟ ۚawfūfulfil
  31. ذَٰلِكُمْdhālikumThat
  32. وَصَّىٰكُمwaṣṣākum(He) has enjoined on you
  33. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  34. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  35. تَذَكَّرُونَtadhakkarūnaremember

Verse 153

وَأَنَّ هَـٰذَا صِرَٰطِى مُسْتَقِيمًا فَٱتَّبِعُوهُ ۖ وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ ٱلسُّبُلَ فَتَفَرَّقَ بِكُمْ عَن سَبِيلِهِۦ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ وَصَّىٰكُم بِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration wa-anna hādhā ṣirāṭī mus'taqīman fa-ittabiʿūhu walā tattabiʿū l-subula fatafarraqa bikum ʿan sabīlihi dhālikum waṣṣākum bihi laʿallakum tattaqūna

English And, [moreover], this is My path, which is straight, so follow it; and do not follow [other] ways, for you will be separated from His way. This has He instructed you that you may become righteous.

  1. وَأَنَّwa-annaAnd that
  2. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  3. صِرَٰطِىṣirāṭī(is) My path
  4. مُسْتَقِيمًۭاmus'taqīmanstraight
  5. فَٱتَّبِعُوهُ ۖfa-ittabiʿūhuso follow it
  6. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  7. تَتَّبِعُوا۟tattabiʿūfollow
  8. ٱلسُّبُلَl-subulathe (other) paths
  9. فَتَفَرَّقَfatafarraqathen they will separate
  10. بِكُمْbikumyou
  11. عَنʿanfrom
  12. سَبِيلِهِۦ ۚsabīlihiHis path
  13. ذَٰلِكُمْdhālikumThat
  14. وَصَّىٰكُمwaṣṣākum(He) has enjoined on you
  15. بِهِۦbihi[with it]
  16. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  17. تَتَّقُونَtattaqūnabecome righteous

Verse 154

ثُمَّ ءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَى ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ تَمَامًا عَلَى ٱلَّذِىٓ أَحْسَنَ وَتَفْصِيلًا لِّكُلِّ شَىْءٍ وَهُدًى وَرَحْمَةً لَّعَلَّهُم بِلِقَآءِ رَبِّهِمْ يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration thumma ātaynā mūsā l-kitāba tamāman ʿalā alladhī aḥsana watafṣīlan likulli shayin wahudan waraḥmatan laʿallahum biliqāi rabbihim yu'minūna

English Then We gave Moses the Scripture, making complete [Our favor] upon the one who did good [i.e., Moses] and as a detailed explanation of all things and as guidance and mercy that perhaps in the meeting with their Lord they would believe.

  1. ثُمَّthummaMoreover
  2. ءَاتَيْنَاātaynāWe gave
  3. مُوسَىmūsāMusa
  4. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  5. تَمَامًاtamāmancompleting (Our Favor)
  6. عَلَىʿalāon
  7. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhīthe one who
  8. أَحْسَنَaḥsanadid good
  9. وَتَفْصِيلًۭاwatafṣīlanand an explanation
  10. لِّكُلِّlikulliof every
  11. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  12. وَهُدًۭىwahudanand a guidance
  13. وَرَحْمَةًۭwaraḥmatanand mercy
  14. لَّعَلَّهُمlaʿallahumso that they may
  15. بِلِقَآءِbiliqāiin (the) meeting
  16. رَبِّهِمْrabbihim(with) their Lord
  17. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve

Verse 155

وَهَـٰذَا كِتَـٰبٌ أَنزَلْنَـٰهُ مُبَارَكٌ فَٱتَّبِعُوهُ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ

Transliteration wahādhā kitābun anzalnāhu mubārakun fa-ittabiʿūhu wa-ittaqū laʿallakum tur'ḥamūna

English And this [Qur’ān] is a Book We have revealed [which is] blessed, so follow it and fear Allāh that you may receive mercy.

  1. وَهَـٰذَاwahādhāAnd this
  2. كِتَـٰبٌkitābun(is) a Book
  3. أَنزَلْنَـٰهُanzalnāhuWe have revealed it
  4. مُبَارَكٌۭmubārakunblessed
  5. فَٱتَّبِعُوهُfa-ittabiʿūhuso follow it
  6. وَٱتَّقُوا۟wa-ittaqūand fear (Allah)
  7. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  8. تُرْحَمُونَtur'ḥamūnareceive mercy

Verse 156

أَن تَقُولُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَآ أُنزِلَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبُ عَلَىٰ طَآئِفَتَيْنِ مِن قَبْلِنَا وَإِن كُنَّا عَن دِرَاسَتِهِمْ لَغَـٰفِلِينَ

Transliteration an taqūlū innamā unzila l-kitābu ʿalā ṭāifatayni min qablinā wa-in kunnā ʿan dirāsatihim laghāfilīna

English [We revealed it] lest you say, "The Scripture was only sent down to two groups before us, but we were of their study unaware,"

  1. أَنanLest
  2. تَقُولُوٓا۟taqūlūyou say
  3. إِنَّمَآinnamāOnly
  4. أُنزِلَunzilawas revealed
  5. ٱلْكِتَـٰبُl-kitābuthe Book
  6. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  7. طَآئِفَتَيْنِṭāifataynithe two groups
  8. مِنminfrom
  9. قَبْلِنَاqablinābefore us
  10. وَإِنwa-inand indeed
  11. كُنَّاkunnāwe were
  12. عَنʿanabout
  13. دِرَاسَتِهِمْdirāsatihimtheir study
  14. لَغَـٰفِلِينَlaghāfilīnacertainly unaware

Verse 157

أَوْ تَقُولُوا۟ لَوْ أَنَّآ أُنزِلَ عَلَيْنَا ٱلْكِتَـٰبُ لَكُنَّآ أَهْدَىٰ مِنْهُمْ ۚ فَقَدْ جَآءَكُم بَيِّنَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَهُدًى وَرَحْمَةٌ ۚ فَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّن كَذَّبَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَصَدَفَ عَنْهَا ۗ سَنَجْزِى ٱلَّذِينَ يَصْدِفُونَ عَنْ ءَايَـٰتِنَا سُوٓءَ ٱلْعَذَابِ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَصْدِفُونَ

Transliteration aw taqūlū law annā unzila ʿalaynā l-kitābu lakunnā ahdā min'hum faqad jāakum bayyinatun min rabbikum wahudan waraḥmatun faman aẓlamu mimman kadhaba biāyāti l-lahi waṣadafa ʿanhā sanajzī alladhīna yaṣdifūna ʿan āyātinā sūa l-ʿadhābi bimā kānū yaṣdifūna

English Or lest you say, "If only the Scripture had been revealed to us, we would have been better guided than they." So there has [now] come to you a clear evidence from your Lord and a guidance and mercy. Then who is more unjust than one who denies the verses of Allāh and turns away from them? We will recompense those who turn away from Our verses with the worst of punishment for their having turned away.

  1. أَوْawOr
  2. تَقُولُوا۟taqūlūyou say
  3. لَوْlawIf
  4. أَنَّآannā[that]
  5. أُنزِلَunzilawas revealed
  6. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāto us
  7. ٱلْكِتَـٰبُl-kitābuthe Book
  8. لَكُنَّآlakunnāsurely we (would) have been
  9. أَهْدَىٰahdābetter guided
  10. مِنْهُمْ ۚmin'humthan them
  11. فَقَدْfaqadSo verily
  12. جَآءَكُمjāakumhas come to you
  13. بَيِّنَةٌۭbayyinatunclear proofs
  14. مِّنminfrom
  15. رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
  16. وَهُدًۭىwahudanand a Guidance
  17. وَرَحْمَةٌۭ ۚwaraḥmatunand a Mercy
  18. فَمَنْfamanThen who
  19. أَظْلَمُaẓlamu(is) more unjust
  20. مِمَّنmimmanthan (he) who
  21. كَذَّبَkadhabadenies
  22. بِـَٔايَـٰتِbiāyāti[with] (the) Verses
  23. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  24. وَصَدَفَwaṣadafaand turns away
  25. عَنْهَا ۗʿanhāfrom them
  26. سَنَجْزِىsanajzīWe will recompense
  27. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  28. يَصْدِفُونَyaṣdifūnaturn away
  29. عَنْʿanfrom
  30. ءَايَـٰتِنَاāyātināOur Signs
  31. سُوٓءَsūa(with) an evil
  32. ٱلْعَذَابِl-ʿadhābipunishment
  33. بِمَاbimābecause
  34. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  35. يَصْدِفُونَyaṣdifūnaturn away

Verse 158

هَلْ يَنظُرُونَ إِلَّآ أَن تَأْتِيَهُمُ ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُ أَوْ يَأْتِىَ رَبُّكَ أَوْ يَأْتِىَ بَعْضُ ءَايَـٰتِ رَبِّكَ ۗ يَوْمَ يَأْتِى بَعْضُ ءَايَـٰتِ رَبِّكَ لَا يَنفَعُ نَفْسًا إِيمَـٰنُهَا لَمْ تَكُنْ ءَامَنَتْ مِن قَبْلُ أَوْ كَسَبَتْ فِىٓ إِيمَـٰنِهَا خَيْرًا ۗ قُلِ ٱنتَظِرُوٓا۟ إِنَّا مُنتَظِرُونَ

Transliteration hal yanẓurūna illā an tatiyahumu l-malāikatu aw yatiya rabbuka aw yatiya baʿḍu āyāti rabbika yawma yatī baʿḍu āyāti rabbika lā yanfaʿu nafsan īmānuhā lam takun āmanat min qablu aw kasabat fī īmānihā khayran quli intaẓirū innā muntaẓirūna

English Do they [then] wait for anything except that the angels should come to them or your Lord should come or that there come some of the signs of your Lord? The Day that some of the signs of your Lord will come no soul will benefit from its faith as long as it had not believed before or had earned through its faith some good. Say, "Wait. Indeed, we [also] are waiting."

  1. هَلْhalAre
  2. يَنظُرُونَyanẓurūnathey waiting
  3. إِلَّآillāexcept
  4. أَنanthat
  5. تَأْتِيَهُمُtatiyahumucomes to them
  6. ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُl-malāikatuthe Angels
  7. أَوْawor
  8. يَأْتِىَyatiyacomes
  9. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  10. أَوْawor
  11. يَأْتِىَyatiyacomes
  12. بَعْضُbaʿḍusome (of)
  13. ءَايَـٰتِāyāti(the) Signs
  14. رَبِّكَ ۗrabbika(of) your Lord
  15. يَوْمَyawma(The) Day
  16. يَأْتِىyatī(when) comes
  17. بَعْضُbaʿḍusome (of)
  18. ءَايَـٰتِāyāti(the) Signs
  19. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  20. لَاlānot
  21. يَنفَعُyanfaʿuwill benefit
  22. نَفْسًاnafsana soul
  23. إِيمَـٰنُهَاīmānuhāits faith
  24. لَمْlamnot
  25. تَكُنْtakun(if) it had
  26. ءَامَنَتْāmanatbelieved
  27. مِنminfrom
  28. قَبْلُqablubefore
  29. أَوْawor
  30. كَسَبَتْkasabatearned
  31. فِىٓfīthrough
  32. إِيمَـٰنِهَاīmānihāits faith
  33. خَيْرًۭا ۗkhayranany good
  34. قُلِquliSay
  35. ٱنتَظِرُوٓا۟intaẓirūWait
  36. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  37. مُنتَظِرُونَmuntaẓirūna(are) those who wait

Verse 159

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ فَرَّقُوا۟ دِينَهُمْ وَكَانُوا۟ شِيَعًا لَّسْتَ مِنْهُمْ فِى شَىْءٍ ۚ إِنَّمَآ أَمْرُهُمْ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ ثُمَّ يُنَبِّئُهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْعَلُونَ

Transliteration inna alladhīna farraqū dīnahum wakānū shiyaʿan lasta min'hum fī shayin innamā amruhum ilā l-lahi thumma yunabbi-uhum bimā kānū yafʿalūna

English Indeed, those who have divided their religion and become sects - you, [O Muḥammad], are not [associated] with them in anything. Their affair is only [left] to Allāh; then He will inform them about what they used to do.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. فَرَّقُوا۟farraqūdivide
  4. دِينَهُمْdīnahumtheir religion
  5. وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand become
  6. شِيَعًۭاshiyaʿansects
  7. لَّسْتَlastayou are not
  8. مِنْهُمْmin'humwith them
  9. فِىfīin
  10. شَىْءٍ ۚshayinanything
  11. إِنَّمَآinnamāOnly
  12. أَمْرُهُمْamruhumtheir affair
  13. إِلَىilā(is) with
  14. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  15. ثُمَّthummathen
  16. يُنَبِّئُهُمyunabbi-uhumHe will inform them
  17. بِمَاbimāof what
  18. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  19. يَفْعَلُونَyafʿalūnado

Verse 160

مَن جَآءَ بِٱلْحَسَنَةِ فَلَهُۥ عَشْرُ أَمْثَالِهَا ۖ وَمَن جَآءَ بِٱلسَّيِّئَةِ فَلَا يُجْزَىٰٓ إِلَّا مِثْلَهَا وَهُمْ لَا يُظْلَمُونَ

Transliteration man jāa bil-ḥasanati falahu ʿashru amthālihā waman jāa bil-sayi-ati falā yuj'zā illā mith'lahā wahum lā yuẓ'lamūna

English Whoever comes [on the Day of Judgement] with a good deed will have ten times the like thereof [to his credit], and whoever comes with an evil deed will not be recompensed except the like thereof; and they will not be wronged.

  1. مَنmanWhoever
  2. جَآءَjāacame
  3. بِٱلْحَسَنَةِbil-ḥasanatiwith a good deed
  4. فَلَهُۥfalahuthen for him
  5. عَشْرُʿashru(is) ten (times)
  6. أَمْثَالِهَا ۖamthālihāthe like of it
  7. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  8. جَآءَjāacame
  9. بِٱلسَّيِّئَةِbil-sayi-atiwith an evil deed
  10. فَلَاfalāthen not
  11. يُجْزَىٰٓyuj'zāhe will be recompensed
  12. إِلَّاillāexcept
  13. مِثْلَهَاmith'lahāthe like of it
  14. وَهُمْwahumand they
  15. لَاlāwill not
  16. يُظْلَمُونَyuẓ'lamūna(be) wronged

Verse 161

قُلْ إِنَّنِى هَدَىٰنِى رَبِّىٓ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ دِينًا قِيَمًا مِّلَّةَ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ حَنِيفًا ۚ وَمَا كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ

Transliteration qul innanī hadānī rabbī ilā ṣirāṭin mus'taqīmin dīnan qiyaman millata ib'rāhīma ḥanīfan wamā kāna mina l-mush'rikīna

English Say, "Indeed, my Lord has guided me to a straight path - a correct religion - the way of Abraham, inclining toward truth. And he was not among those who associated others with Allāh."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنَّنِىinnanīIndeed (as for) me
  3. هَدَىٰنِىhadānīhas guided me
  4. رَبِّىٓrabbīmy Lord
  5. إِلَىٰilāto
  6. صِرَٰطٍۢṣirāṭina path
  7. مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢmus'taqīminstraight
  8. دِينًۭاdīnana religion
  9. قِيَمًۭاqiyamanright
  10. مِّلَّةَmillatareligion
  11. إِبْرَٰهِيمَib'rāhīma(of) Ibrahim
  12. حَنِيفًۭا ۚḥanīfana true monotheist
  13. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  14. كَانَkānahe was
  15. مِنَminafrom
  16. ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَl-mush'rikīnathe polytheists

Verse 162

قُلْ إِنَّ صَلَاتِى وَنُسُكِى وَمَحْيَاىَ وَمَمَاتِى لِلَّهِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration qul inna ṣalātī wanusukī wamaḥyāya wamamātī lillahi rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English Say, "Indeed, my prayer, my rites of sacrifice, my living and my dying are for Allāh, Lord of the worlds.

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  3. صَلَاتِىṣalātīmy prayer
  4. وَنُسُكِىwanusukīand my rites of sacrifice
  5. وَمَحْيَاىَwamaḥyāyaand my living
  6. وَمَمَاتِىwamamātīand my dying
  7. لِلَّهِlillahi(are) for Allah
  8. رَبِّrabbiLord
  9. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 163

لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُۥ ۖ وَبِذَٰلِكَ أُمِرْتُ وَأَنَا۠ أَوَّلُ ٱلْمُسْلِمِينَ

Transliteration lā sharīka lahu wabidhālika umir'tu wa-anā awwalu l-mus'limīna

English No partner has He. And this I have been commanded, and I am the first [among you] of the Muslims."

  1. لَاlāNo
  2. شَرِيكَsharīkapartners
  3. لَهُۥ ۖlahufor Him
  4. وَبِذَٰلِكَwabidhālikaand with that
  5. أُمِرْتُumir'tuI have been commanded
  6. وَأَنَا۠wa-anāAnd I am
  7. أَوَّلُawwalu(the) first
  8. ٱلْمُسْلِمِينَl-mus'limīna(of) the ones who surrender (to Him)

Verse 164

قُلْ أَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ أَبْغِى رَبًّا وَهُوَ رَبُّ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ ۚ وَلَا تَكْسِبُ كُلُّ نَفْسٍ إِلَّا عَلَيْهَا ۚ وَلَا تَزِرُ وَازِرَةٌ وِزْرَ أُخْرَىٰ ۚ ثُمَّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّكُم مَّرْجِعُكُمْ فَيُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ فِيهِ تَخْتَلِفُونَ

Transliteration qul aghayra l-lahi abghī rabban wahuwa rabbu kulli shayin walā taksibu kullu nafsin illā ʿalayhā walā taziru wāziratun wiz'ra ukh'rā thumma ilā rabbikum marjiʿukum fayunabbi-ukum bimā kuntum fīhi takhtalifūna

English Say, "Is it other than Allāh I should desire as a lord while He is the Lord of all things? And every soul earns not [blame] except against itself, and no bearer of burdens will bear the burden of another. Then to your Lord is your return, and He will inform you concerning that over which you used to differ."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَغَيْرَaghayraIs (it) other than
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  4. أَبْغِىabghīI (should) seek
  5. رَبًّۭاrabban(as) a Lord
  6. وَهُوَwahuwawhile He
  7. رَبُّrabbu(is) the Lord
  8. كُلِّkulli(of) every
  9. شَىْءٍۢ ۚshayinthing
  10. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  11. تَكْسِبُtaksibuearns
  12. كُلُّkulluevery
  13. نَفْسٍnafsinsoul
  14. إِلَّاillāexcept
  15. عَلَيْهَا ۚʿalayhāagainst itself
  16. وَلَاwalāand not
  17. تَزِرُtazirubears
  18. وَازِرَةٌۭwāziratunany bearer of burden
  19. وِزْرَwiz'raburden
  20. أُخْرَىٰ ۚukh'rā(of) another
  21. ثُمَّthummaThen
  22. إِلَىٰilāto
  23. رَبِّكُمrabbikumyour Lord
  24. مَّرْجِعُكُمْmarjiʿukum(is) your return
  25. فَيُنَبِّئُكُمfayunabbi-ukumthen He will inform you
  26. بِمَاbimāabout what
  27. كُنتُمْkuntumyou were
  28. فِيهِfīhiconcerning it
  29. تَخْتَلِفُونَtakhtalifūnadiffering

Verse 165

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَكُمْ خَلَـٰٓئِفَ ٱلْأَرْضِ وَرَفَعَ بَعْضَكُمْ فَوْقَ بَعْضٍ دَرَجَـٰتٍ لِّيَبْلُوَكُمْ فِى مَآ ءَاتَىٰكُمْ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ سَرِيعُ ٱلْعِقَابِ وَإِنَّهُۥ لَغَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌۢ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī jaʿalakum khalāifa l-arḍi warafaʿa baʿḍakum fawqa baʿḍin darajātin liyabluwakum fī mā ātākum inna rabbaka sarīʿu l-ʿiqābi wa-innahu laghafūrun raḥīmun

English And it is He who has made you successors upon the earth and has raised some of you above others in degrees [of rank] that He may try you through what He has given you. Indeed, your Lord is swift in penalty; but indeed, He is Forgiving and Merciful.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. جَعَلَكُمْjaʿalakum(has) made you
  4. خَلَـٰٓئِفَkhalāifasuccessors
  5. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍi(of) the earth
  6. وَرَفَعَwarafaʿaand raised
  7. بَعْضَكُمْbaʿḍakumsome of you
  8. فَوْقَfawqaabove
  9. بَعْضٍۢbaʿḍinothers
  10. دَرَجَـٰتٍۢdarajātin(in) ranks
  11. لِّيَبْلُوَكُمْliyabluwakumso that He may test you
  12. فِىfīin
  13. مَآmāwhat
  14. ءَاتَىٰكُمْ ۗātākumHe has given you
  15. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  16. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  17. سَرِيعُsarīʿu(is) swift
  18. ٱلْعِقَابِl-ʿiqābi(in) the punishment
  19. وَإِنَّهُۥwa-innahuand indeed, He (is)
  20. لَغَفُورٌۭlaghafūrun[certainly], Oft-Forgiving
  21. رَّحِيمٌۢraḥīmunMost Merciful

Word by word and transliteration: Quran.com. English translation: Saheeh International. Recitation: Mishary Alafasy, from EveryAyah.com. MyDugsi is a learning aid, not a replacement for a qualified teacher.